"Is It Idle To Argue Further?"

---

    Says Light, in its "Notes by the Way," edited by "M.A. Oxon.":

    The current number of The Theosophist contains an important manifesto, which establishes and defines the ground finally taken up by that body. Shortly put, it is one of complete antagonism to Spiritualism. The Spiritualist believes that it is possible for spirits of the departed to communicate with this earth. Whatever divergence of opinion there may be among us in respect of other matters, we are agreed on this, the cardinal article of our faith. Our daily experience affirms its truth. The con sentient testimony of the most experienced among us agrees that, whether there be, or whether there be not, other agencies at work, the spirits we know of are human spirits who have once lived on this earth. To this the Theosophist returns the simple answer that we are mistaken. No spirits communicate with earth for the sufficient reason that they cannot. It is idle to argue further. We can but go on our way with the assured conviction that, whatever may be the case in the east, we find that the departed spirits of mankind are both able and willing to communicate with us in the west. And no metaphysical theorizing as to what cannot be disposes in any degree of what is.

    The Theosophist is forced to take exception to the form of statement of "facts" above used. As it now stands, it is but a short series of speculative deductions from the very superficially defined doctrines in our " Fragments of Occult Truth," which give a by no means complete idea of what is really taught in the doctrine, scraps of which were explained in the article now most incorrectly styled a "manifesto." We regret the necessity to contradict once more our esteemed opponent, who seems to be giving Up the Theosophists in despair. But were we also to conclude it "idle to argue further," then the position taken Up by us would, indeed, give rise again to endless misinterpretations. The question of man’s state after death, the future progress of his soul, spirit and other principles – whatever anyone may call them – was hardly touched upon in the short article under our critic’s notice. In itself the subject embraces a field of boundless extent and of the most metaphysical intricacy, one which would demand volumes of commentaries and explanations to be thoroughly sifted and understood. Yet superficially sketched as our ideas may have been in the "Fragments" – which was but an answer to the direct questions, not to say reproaches, of an esteemed brother, resident in Australia – we nevertheless fail to detect in it such passages or ideas as justify "M.A. Oxon." in saying that our doctrine is "one of complete antagonism to Spiritualism." It is not half so antagonistic as he believes it to be, as we will try to prove.

    "The Spiritualist believes that it is possible for spirits of the departed to communicate with this earth," says the writer . . . "and to this the Theosophist returns the simple answer that we are mistaken." In this sentence alone, as a kernel in a nut-shell, lies hidden the reason of that partial antagonism. Had "M.A. Oxon.," slightly modifying the construction of the above-quoted sentence – written instead that "it is possible for spirits yet embodied on this earth to communicate with the spirits of the departed" – then would there have been hardly any antagonism at all to deplore. What we hold and do maintain is that all of the so-called "physical phenomena," and "materializations" especially, are produced by something, to which we refuse the name of "spirit." In the words of the President of our Berhampore Branch (Babu Nobin Krishna Banerjee, President of the Adhi Bhautic Bhratru Theosophical Society): "We, Hindus [and along with them the European disciples of Eastern philosophy] are trying to spiritualize our grosser material selves, while the American and European Spiritualists are endeavouring in their séance-rooms to materialize spirits." These words of wisdom well show the opposite tendencies of the Eastern and the Western minds – namely, that while the former are trying to purify matter, the latter do their best to degrade spirit. Therefore what we say is, that ninety-nine times out of one hundred, "materializations" so-called, when genuine, and whether they be partial of complete, are produced by what we call "shells," and occasionally, perhaps, by the living medium’s astral body – but certainly never, in our humble opinion, by "disembodied" spirits themselves.

    While we sincerely regret this divergence of opinions with Light, we feel inclined to smile at the naïveté of some other Spiritualist opponents; as, for instance, at that of the editor of the London Spiritualist, who, in his leading editorial of Nov. 18th, entitled "Speculation-Spinning," calls the scraps of occult doctrine given in our "Fragments" "unscientific," reproaching the writer (than whom there is no abler metaphysician, nor closer or more acute and clever logician among Anglo-Indian writers) with a want of "scientific method" in the presentation of his facts! At the same time, the editorial informs us that by "facts" it does not "necessarily mean physical facts, for there are demonstrable truths outside the realms of physics." Precisely. And it is upon just such "facts," the existence of which is based for us upon evidence which we "have weighed and examined" for ourselves, that we maintain the demonstrability of the deductions and final conclusions at which we have arrived. These we preach but to those who really want to know them. As none, they say, are so blind as they who will not see, we abstain from offering our doctrines to such as find them offensive – among whom are some Spiritualists. But to the masses of impartial readers whose minds are not yet wedded to this or that theory, we present our facts and tell them to see, hear and judge for themselves; and there have been some who have not found our theories merely "speculation-spinning," based upon hypotheses and the crass sentimentalism of a faith – welcome, because of its implied promises of a life hereafter – but theories resting upon the logical and stern deduction from facts, which constitute in themselves a knowledge. Now, what are these facts, and what do they show and teach us?

    First of all, and as a rule – the rare exceptions to which but confirm it the more – we find that the so-called "disembodied spirits," instead of becoming the wiser for being rid of the physiological impediments and the restraints of their gross material senses, would seem to have become far more stupid, far less perspicacious and, in every respect, worse than they were during their earthly life. Secondly, we have to take note of the frequent contradictions and absurd blunders; of the false information offered, and the remarkable vulgarity and commonplace exhibited during their interviews with mortals; in-materializing séances their oral utterances being invariably vulgar common-place, and their inspirational speeches or second-hand communication through trance and other mediums frequently so. Adding to this the undeniable fact which shows their teachings reflecting most faithfully the special creed, views, and thoughts of the sensitive or medium used by them, or of a sitter or sitters, we have already sufficient proof to show that our theory, that they are "shells" and not disembodied spirits at all, is far more logical and "scientific" than that of the Spiritualists.* Speaking here in general, we need not take into consideration exceptional cases, instances of undeniable spiritual identity with which we are sure to find our arguments met by our spiritual opponents. No one ever thought of calling "Imperator" a "shell"; but then the latter, whether a living or a disembodied spirit, neither materializes himself objectively, nor is it yet proved to the satisfaction of anyone except "M.A. Oxon." himself that "he" descends to the medium, instead of the spirit of the latter ascending to meet his instructor.

    Thus, we maintain that "spirits" are no more what they claim to be, than the chrysalis shell is the butterfly which left it. That their personations of various individuals, whom they sometimes represent, are mostly due to the accidental contact of an "elementary" or "eidôlon" (attracted by the medium and the intense magnetic desire of the circle present) with the personal "aura" of this or that individual. The thoughts of the latter, the various acts and scenes in his past life, the familiar and beloved faces of his departed ones, are then all drawn out of the all-containing depths of the Astral Light and utilized. At times this is done successfully, but frequently the thing proves a total failure. Only while the former are, as a rule, recorded, the mention of the latter is tacitly avoided; no spiritualistic journal having ever been edited with that special view. So much for materialization and physical phenomena. As for the rest, we are at one with the Spiritualists with but slight variances, more of form than of substance.

[Vol. III. No. 4, January, 1882.]
H. P. Blavatsky

 

---

* We will not go to the trouble of showing how much, or rather how little, of "scientific method" is to be generally found in The Spiritualist. But while speaking of science and its methods, we may simply remark that though both our theories (theosophical and spiritualistic) are sure to be viewed by the men of science as "speculation-spinning" and metaphysical windmills, yet the hypotheses of Spiritualists – as broadly accepted and whether "scientifically" or unscientifically stated – are certain to be pronounced by the majority of men of real science, not merely unscientific, but very unphilosophical and illogical as well.

The National Tattler (1 July, 1973, page 5)

by Tom Valentine

A California inventor has found a way to create limitless electric power without using up fuel --- potentially the greatest discovery in the history of mankind.

Edwin Gray Sr., 48, has fashioned working devices that could:

Power every auto, train, truck, boat and plane that moves in this land --- perpetually.

Warm, cool and service every American home --- without erecting a single transmission line.

Feed limitless energy into the nation's mighty industrial system --- forever.

And do it all without creating a single iota of pollution.

Already, the jovial, self-educated Gray is forcing scientists to uproot their most cherished beliefs about the nature of electromagnetism.

Eventually, his discovery will transform the economic base upon which the society of the entire planet has rested up to this point.

Despite the ever-present danger from the petroleum and other power giants who face business extinction within the decade because of his invention, Gray and his associates in EvGray Enterprises have demonstrated its worth publicly --- an act requiring great courage.

And Tattler is proud to report for the first time in America the complete nature of gray's astounding system.

Displaying the kind of open honesty that made America great, Gray and his partners stress the fact that they want the whole world to benefit from their new technology.

"I won't allow it to be bought up and buried by big money interests", Gray told Tattler during the exclusive demonstration.

"I tried for 10 years to get American interests to pay some attention, but I've been tossed out of more places than most people ever think of going into."

Neither government agencies nor private enterprise would listen to Gray, so he turned in frustration to foreign interests. The innovative Japanese were eager to listen.

"As soon as word got out that the Japanese were interested in what we're doing, the Americans started flocking around."

Today, the small shop facility in Van Nuys is crawling with visitors from every segment of US industry and finance.

"The big money boys from Wall Street started coming around", Gray said with a touch of defiance in his tone.

"A bunch of them came in and suggested I file bankruptcy and get rid of all my backers and friends. Then they talked about giving me 20 million shares of a new corporation at $25 a share."

Gray was being offered a deal worth more than $4 billion --- on paper.

"That sure sounded rich, but I know darn well they would have fixed it up to sell that corporation off somewhere for a dollar and leave me holding 20 million shares of nothing."

The key men at EvGray include Richard B. Hackenberger, an electronics engineer who formerly worked for Sony and Sylvania corporations and the US Navy; and Fritz Lens, a former Volkswagen mechanic who knows nearly as much about the fantastic electrical system as Gray.

All the corporate officers agreed that they are determined to get around the money roadblocks and bestow the discovery upon the world.

Tattler was given a thorough demonstration of Gray's "impossible-but-true" methods for using electricity.

The first demonstration proved that Gray uses a totally different form of electrical current --- a powerful, but "cold" form of the energy.

A 6-volt car battery rested on a table. Lead wires ran from the battery to a series of capacitors which are the key to Gray's discovery. The complete system was wired to two electromagnets, each weighing a pound and a quarter.

"Now, if you tried to charge those two magnets with juice form that battery and make them do what I'm going to make them do, you would drain the battery in 30 minutes and the magnets would get extremely hot", Gray explained.

"I want you to watch what happens."

As Lens activated the battery, a voltmeter gradually rose to 3,000 volts, At that point, Gray closed a switch and there was a loud popping sound. The top magnet hurled into the air with tremendous force and was caught by Hackenberger. A terrific jolt of electricity had propelled the top magnet more than two feet into the air --- but the magnet remained cold.

"The amazing thing", Hackenberger said, "is that only 1% of the energy was used --- 99% went back into the battery."

Gray explained, "The battery can last for a long time, because most of the energy returns to it. The secret to this is in the capacitors and in being able to split the positive."

When Gray said "split the positive", the faces of two knowledgeable physicists screwed up in bewilderment. Normally, electricity consists of positive and negative particles. But Gray's system is capable of using one or the other separately and effectively.

"He means we have to rewrite the physics textbooks", Hackenberger grinned. It has been the engineer's job in recent months to formulate gray's system and put it into writing.

"That's not an easy job because this system actually defies everything I've ever learned."

Gray said, "I never had no schooling in electronics or physics, so nobody told me it was impossible."

The "impossible" part of the demonstration was the lack of heat generated in the magnet. Heat is one of the biggest problems faced by electrical technology. Also "impossible" is the fact that only the "positive" nature of the energy was used.

"This thing is in its infancy", Gray explained. "When the full potential of American technology starts working with it, the results will astound everyone."

A further proof that he has an unusual source of power with unlimited potential was demonstrated next.

"We've been popping those magnets apart for the past 18 months with the same battery and it's still got a full charge. Now I want you to watch this…"

Gray showed this Tattler reporter a small 15-amp motorcycle battery. It was hooked up to a pair of his capacitors which in turn were hooked up to a panel of outlets.

He flicked a switch and the tiny battery sent a charge into the capacitors. He then plugged in six 15-watt electric bulbs on individual cords --- and a 110-volt portable television set and two radios. The bulbs burned brightly, the television played, and both radios blared --- and yet, the small battery was not discharging.

"You couldn't get all this current out of that battery under ordinary circumstances", Gray said.

"This is the most amazing thing I've ever seen!" exclaimed C.V. Wood Jr, president of the McCulloch Oil Corporation, who was also present at the demonstration. He began looking for hidden outlets from the wall.

"May I prove it doesn't come from any wall plug?" Gray offered.

A 40-watt light bulb screwed into an ordinary extension socket was plugged into the panel powered by gray's system. The bulb lit, then Gray dropped it into a cylinder filled with water.

"What would be happening if this was getting ordinary power right now?" Gray asked, as he stuck his hand in the water with the glowing light bulb.

"You'd be electrocuted and that thing would be popping and sputtering until the fuses blew", Wood replied.

This reporter then put his finger into the water with the light --- no shock.

"Gentlemen, this is a new manifestation of electricity", Hackenberger said.

The engineer told the astounded onlookers that no laws of physics were being violated, but a new application of electricity has been discovered and put to work.

Gray, one of 14 children, comes from Washington DC. As a small boy, he was fascinated by electricity, magnets, and gadgets in general.

"I really got excited about electricity when they tested the first radar across the Potomac in 1936. I was 11 years old then and visions of buck Rogers danced in my head."

He learned about radar during his World War II hitch in the Navy and "I've been messing around with coils and capacitors ever since".

He learned to "split the positive" in 1958 and spent the next dozen years finding the funds to put his discovery to work.

Any abbreviated explanation of Gray's system is an over-simplification of the technical aspects of this tremendous breakthrough, but some of the best minds in the US are now working with Gray to further improve his discovery.

Gray held the 40-watt bulb up out of the water and said: " You know, to light this bulb takes millions of dollars in power plant facilities, transmission lines, and circuitry. With my capacitors, I can provide power to any home for a couple hundred dollars."

The economic impact of that statement is beyond the imagination --- not to mention the ecology and anti-pollution benefits.

Tom Valentine & Edwin Gray: Demonstration of "Cold Electricity"~

28 THEOREMS

by Aleister Crowley

 

1. Every intentional act is a Magical Act.

1. Every successful act has conformed to the postulate.

1. Every failure proves that one or more requirements of the postulate have not been fulfilled.

1. The first requisite for causing any change is thorough qualitative and quantitative understanding of the conditions.

1. The second requisite of causing any change is the practical ability to set in right motion the necessary forces.

1. Every man and every woman is a star". That is to say, every human being is intrinsically an independent individual with his own proper character and proper motion.

1. Every man and every woman has a course, depending partly on the self, and partly on the environment which is natural and necessary for each. Anyone who is forced from his own course, either through not understanding himself, or through external opposition, comes into conflict with the order of the Universe, and suffers accordingly.

1. A Man whose conscious will is at odds with his True Will is wasting his strength. He cannot hope to influence his environment efficiently.

1. A man who is doing his True Will has the inertia of the Universe to assist him.

1. Nature is a continuous phenomenon, through we do not know in all cases how things are connected.

1. Science enables us to take advantage of the continuity of Nature by the empirical application of certain principles whose interplay involves different orders of idea connected with each other in a way beyond our present comprehension.

1. Man is ignorant of the nature of his own being and powers. Even his idea of his limitations is based on experience of the past, and every step in his progress extends his empire. There is therefore no reason to assign theoretical limits to what he may be, or to what he may do.

1. Every man is more or less aware that his individuality comprises several orders of existence, even when he maintains that his subtler principles are merely symptomatic of the changes in his gross vehicle. A similar order may be assumed to extend throughout nature.

1. Man is capable of being, and using, anything which he perceives, for everything that he perceives is in a certain sense a part of his being. He may thus subjugate the whole Universe of which he is conscious to his individual Will.

1. Every force in the Universe is capable of being transformed into any other kind of force by using suitable means. There is thus an inexhaustible supply of any particular kind of force that we may need.

1. The application of any given force affects all the orders of being  which exist in the object to which it is applied, whichever of those orders is directly affected.

1. A man may learn to use any force so as to serve any purpose, by taking advantage of the above theorems.

1. He may attract to himself any force of the Universe by making himself a fit receptacle for it, establishing a connection with it, and arranging conditions so that its nature compels it to flow toward him.

1. Man's sense of himself as separate from, and opposed to, the Universe is a bar to his conducting its currents. It insulates him.

1. Man can only attract and employ the forces for which he is really fitted.

1. There is no limit to the extent of the relations of any man with the Universe in essence; for as soon as man makes himself one with any idea the means of measurement cease to exist. But his power to utilize that force is limited by his mental power and capacity, and by the circumstances of his human environment.

1. Every individual is essentially sufficient to himself. But he is unsatisfactory to himself until he has established himself in his right relation with the Universe.

1. Magick is the Science of understanding oneself and one's conditions. It is the Art of applying that understanding in action.

1. Every man has an indefeasible right to be what he is.

1. Every man must do Magick each time that he acts or even thinks, since a thought is an internal act whose influence ultimately affects action, though it may not do so at the time.

1. Every man has a right, the right of self-preservation, to fulfill himself to the utmost.

1. Every man should make Magick the keynote of his life. He should learn its laws and live by them.

1. Every man has a right to fulfill his own will without being afraid that it may interfere with that of others; for if he is in his proper place, it is the fault of others if they interfere with him.

The A70 has been the site of the East 2 West Ufo Society Skywatches for many years now and has a strange mystique all of its own. Below is the complete article by Brian Allan of this famous Scottish incident.

An P-E-G Case Report

© Brian Allan 2000

Forward

My special and unreserved thanks goes to my friend, colleague, and paranormal researcher Malcolm Robinson for supplying invaluable original research material used in this article, particularly a transcript of Colin Wrights original hypnotic regression session. I also wish to express my thanks to Garry Woods for his willingness to be interviewed, recorded and once again relive this remarkable series of events. This particular incident unlike so many others is in some way ‘different’. There is an indefinable sense of ‘rightness’ about it, a feeling that something utterly bizarre and unearthly actually did happen.

This case like no other was a catalyst for many people, particularly for those who chose to sit on the fence refusing commitment to the idea of beings from other worlds visiting ours. That the purpose of these visits is totally altruistic is highly debatable, indeed, that the beings are from another world even more so. In this article I will attempt - based on new research into particle physics coupled with a highly controversial psychic experiment - to show that rather than being extraterrestrial, these humanoid creature are extradimensional and exploit this ability at will. Not only that, but governments the world over are aware of this and are attempting to simultaneously co-operate with them and develop our own version of their technology.

While I am convinced that this incident did happen, I have written this article primarily in the hope of stimulating debate in the minds of the general public. My research indicates that there other, less well charted regions of human consciousness and by presenting these alternative explanations for what occurred, perhaps I can cast some light into areas that we have previously regarded as magic.

The A70 Case Revisited

In 1992, at around 8pm on a quiet country road on the outskirts of Edinburgh, two ordinary men experienced an extraordinary event that has become enshrined in the annals of Scottish and world UFO mythology. The event, known as the A70 case, was the alleged abduction of the two men by extraterrestrials. Neither of the two men, Garry Wood and Colin Wright, expected anything out of the ordinary to occur when they set out on the fateful night of the 27th of August 1992. Their journey was from the south of Edinburgh on the A70 to the village of Tarbrax in East Lothian, a drive of some 15 miles. The journey, which normally takes around 30 minutes, was in connection with a domestic appliance repair. At around 10pm they drove through the clear summer’s night at about 40 mph chatting about family and other general issues. Rounding a blind corner, in the vicinity of the Harperrig reservoir Colin abruptly leaned forward exclaiming, “What the hell’s that?”

Garry peered through the windscreen, there ahead of the car; floating about 20ft above the road was a two-tiered disc shaped object. He remembers it being about 30ft wide, wider than the road, smooth, black and shiny with no windows or illumination. Garry, a motor mechanic by trade is familiar with mechanical devices and a range of metal finishes, found the appearance and finish of the object unusual. Wanting to get away as quickly as possible, he floored the accelerator urging their vehicle up to almost 70 mph. In Colin’s words, Garry was “Driving like a bloody madman”. As they passed below the hovering craft a shimmering curtain of light descended on the car, Garry describes it as like looking at a detuned TV set, just flickering lights. Instantly they were enveloped in total, complete darkness. Later under hypnosis Garry recalled standing (presumably) outside the car, it was still totally and utterly dark, not a hint of light, he could not even see the car; briefly he thought they had crashed and he was dead.

He blacked out for what subjectively felt like a few seconds, then abruptly he was awake and the car was veering all over the road. Garry could hear Colin shouting at him to watch out then thankfully, he was able to bring the car to a stop. They looked at each other in disbelief, what had happened? The cool night air was a relief as they gathered their wits. Setting off again, they arrived at their destination still discussing their bizarre encounter. Arriving at Tarbrax they pulled over at their friend’s house, Garry slipped his hand down to free the seat belt: it was already undone.

He was briefly puzzled but thought no more of it at that moment. Assuming the time to be around 10.40pm they unloaded the items from the car and carried them to the door of their friends house. They knocked on the door, several minutes went by, then they heard an upstairs window open and their friend’s head emerged. He enquired none to politely just what they were doing and informed them that it was quarter to one in the morning. Naturally they thought he was pulling their legs, but no, he was not, they had ‘lost’ two hours. The men had made the journey to Tarbrax several times and knew it normally took around thirty minutes. Entering the house in a state of some agitation, the men attempted to describe what they had seen; even sketching the craft they had witnessed hovering above the deserted stretch of road. It was well into the small hours when Garry and Colin left for Gilmerton on the outskirts of Edinburgh; not surprisingly they did not return by the same rout and neither man recalls much about the journey. When Malcolm Robinson originally interviewed the householders a few days after the event, they both agreed that Garry and Colin were both clearly agitated and from past experience knew neither man was prone to either lying or dramatics.

The following day Garry felt utterly drained of energy, more than just the result of his late night, he felt really worn out. The following few days did not help matters, he was not sleeping at all well, he experienced vivid, disturbing dreams and his sleeping patterns changed for the worse. Eventually consulting his doctor because of severe headaches, he was advised to have an MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) scan, this proved negative. As an additional precaution in addition he underwent the uncomfortable procedure of a spinal tap but once again nothing untoward was diagnosed. Fearing ridicule, neither Garry nor Colin reported the incident to the police or media, they did however inform BUFORA (the British UFO Research Association). As a result of the event, Garry became engrossed in UFOlogy in an attempt at understanding what he had experienced. Eventually, heard of SPI and contacted them to arrange a meeting. This was arranged and after two preliminary meetings, Malcolm, SPI’s founder, suggested using the controversial technique of hypnotic regression to access what had occurred during this ‘missing time’. Although Garry and Colin had some misgivings, an initial session was arranged using Scottish hypnotherapist and psychic Helen Walters.

During the first session, Garry became very emotional and burst into tears, there was nothing specific, only vague images and impressions, later regression sessions were to prove much more revealing. In later sessions both men remembered sitting in the car, which was stopped in the middle of the road, small humanoid creatures, three to each side, opened both front doors. Colin recalls Garry being placed on a type of stretcher or carrier: none of the entities were supporting it; the ‘stretcher’ was free floating. Garry although he remembers none of this, does recall creatures approaching the car then a searing pain in his abdomen, as if his stomach muscles were being torn apart, as he says, “You know if you’ve been electrocuted, your muscles all cramp up and it’s really painful, you can’t let go, it was like that”.

For his part, Colin recalls walking up a ramp into the craft, which was lit by a dazzling white light. He remembers being in a circular corridor being led by one of the creatures. Although some of his recollections are hazy and seem to jump from scene to scene like a series of snapshots he distinctly recalls a room leading from the corridor. The room was utterly featureless except for an unusual chair; it was curiously curved, almost organic in shape. He was stripped naked and placed unresisting in the chair and subjected to some form of non-intrusive physical examination. He also remembers lying back in the chair looking at the ceiling, it was corrugated, translucent, there was soft, diffused lighting filtering through. This memory segued seamlessly into being naked in a transparent container made from a material rather like glass or Perspex; straps at the feet and ankles secured him. Outside the container he could clearly see other men and women, all naked and all in transparent containers like his. Blowing around outside the container was a mist rather like the ‘fog’ created by dry ice for stage and film visual effects. He also saw a number of tall, humanoid creatures, one was standing framed in a doorway opposite him, and another three were approaching the container in which he was imprisoned.

Abruptly the transparent material of his container began to frost up, he became alarmed and began to weep, no sooner had he done this than the frosting began to retreat, almost like film sequence running in reverse, until the material was once again perfectly clear. Colin nervously watched as an angular device rose from the floor. It was long and thin, like a rod with a small triangular head; two glowing red lights were set into one of the sides. There was a peculiar appendage about half way along the length of the device and the base was jointed at the floor. The entire machine moved up and down continuously and the appendage swung from left to right; although there was no pain, Colin thought it might be scanning him.

After Garry’s initial session his recall improved dramatically. Like Colin he described being in a featureless circular room lying on a flat table, he was unable to move although he does not recall being physically strapped down. He was aware of a black, lens shaped device in the centre of the room, the device was twisting and turning almost as if it were folding in on itself. It reminded Garry of a mobius strip. Although he had no idea of its function he heard it make a ‘whooshing’ noise as if air was being displaced. He had a further impression that the device was ‘tuning’ or stabilising itself. Prior to the steady whooshing sound he had the distinct feeling that the sound emitted by the device was ‘wrong’ and lopsided, almost as if it was in some way out of balance or synchronisation. The even whooshing noise indicated that it was now functioning normally. As he watched the device in fascination he suddenly became aware of a long, thin translucent arm extending over his chest towards his head, the arm abruptly dropped onto his chest near to his shoulder. This particular trauma affected Garry quite powerfully and he jerked out of the hypnotic trance his body convulsing. On another occasion, he remembers a hole forming in the floor; it was filled with a viscous liquid of some kind, like a gel. While he watched this, a small column rose from the floor, Garry described it as resembling a tin can. It continued to rise until it was around three feet above the floor; the device gave out a noise rather like an electric motor and began to rotate slowly. Part of the cylinder rose from the main body and extended towards him until it was level with his eyes.

The tip of he extension had two red, glowing dots, at this point Garry noticed the pool of liquid start to vibrate. From the liquid a tall, incredibly thin frail looking creature slowly, almost painfully, emerged. Although bearing a marked similarity to a traditional ‘grey’ it appeared emaciated, like a skeleton covered in skin. He remembers that the skin over its ribs looked discoloured and bruised. He later discovered that all the creatures had difficulty with the gravity and atmospheric pressure on, particularly the tall, thin translucent creatures that frequently tended to fall over. It was his impression that due to the bruised appearance of the creatures, the pool of gel was some form of therapeutic agent designed to treat the damage caused by their frequent falls. Bizarrely, he also recalled a small man apparently quite human dressed in a neat black suit complete with collar and tie who was watching the proceedings. He was standing among the entities all of which seemed quite deferential towards him.

In all, Wood remembers there being around 20 or 30 creatures present, the majority tall, a pallid grey colour and frail looking. One notable variation from this was a smaller, rather bizarre looking being with an odd heart shaped face. On its face were some strangely familiar markings, these comprised coloured facial stripes, three, diagonally on each cheek. These were reminiscent of the tribal markings normally associated with members of the Native American tribes. He looked at the creatures and mentally ‘asked’, “Why are you doing this”. The answer that appeared in his mind was surprising and not a little disturbing, one word: “Sanctuary”. While he was in telepathic communication with the creature he was able to ‘see’ fragments of its existence as if the process was a two way street, the creature found this amusing but could not prevent it. In a further mental communication the being ‘said,’ “In many was you are more advanced than us but you have been ‘capped’. Our existence is much like your own, we also have concerns and needs”. Just what ‘capped’ means is open to question, but it is quite given what had already been communicated that the inference was, our development either psychological, physical or both, has been deliberately slowed down. Were we likely to present a threat to someone or were we perhaps too immature to deal with the responsibility that our development would bring? Rather like handing a child a loaded gun…perhaps.

Garry is certain that at one point they were taken underground; from the table where he lay, he could see tunnels leading off from a huge, central chamber hewn form solid rock, there was also an enormous machine close to him, possibly it was another flying machine like the one he had witnessed above the road Perhaps Gary’s most worrying memory was seeing a young woman seated naked on the floor, facing the wall; one of the tall creatures was standing beside her. As Gary looked at her she turned her head towards him; her hair was in a loose shaggy perm with blond highlights. She was sitting shivering with her knees drawn up to her chin, her arms were wrapped around her knees cradling herself, she had been crying and was clearly in the same predicament as him. He is convinced that should they meet again he would recognise her instantly. It should be stressed that Gary is totally sincere in his belief and his sincerity shows, he certainly does not give the impression that he concocted the whole thing.

Following the alleged abduction and subsequent regressions, Gary and Colin dealt with their ordeal in different ways; Gary became deeply involved in the study of UFO’s and the paranormal to the extent of setting up his own research group. On occasions he has collaborated with another Scottish researcher, Ron Halliday. Colin on the other hand went in the other direction entirely and has effectively rejected the event and refuses to discuss the matter, but given the trauma associated with the incident this reaction is not totally unexpected. The Hypnotic Regression

What follows is a transcript of a session in an A70 related typical hypnotic regression supervised and conducted by Helen Walters:

Helen: “I want you to relive that night Colin, see it, feel it where are you?”

Colin: “Nowhere”.

Helen: “Where is nowhere”. Colin: “Just nowhere, complete blackness”.

Helen: “What are you looking at, what are you trying to see?”

Colin: “I feel I’m going up”.

Helen: “Going up?”

Colin: “Uh huh”.

Helen: “See it, feel it, can you hear anything”?

Colin: “Nothing” Helen: “See it Colin, nothing can harm you at this moment, listen to the sound of my voice”, Colin’s body jerked suddenly.

Colin: “ Creatures, I’m telling them to get lost”.

Helen: “Where are you”?

Colin: “I’m in a Bright room”.

Helen: “What are they doing”?

Colin: “They’re trying to undress me”.

Helen: “Tell me what’s happening Colin”.

Colin: “I’m sitting with no clothes on”.

Helen: “Where are you sitting”?

Colin: “A metal chair, it’s smooth and cold”.

Helen: “How do you feel”?

Colin: “Just cold”.

Helen: “Tell me what is happening Colin”?

Colin: “Something’s in my right eye”.

Helen: “What’s in your right eye”?

Colin: “I don’t know, it’s uncomfortable, like a red hot poker in the centre of my eye, it’s really sore”.

Helen: “Who is putting this hot poker I to your eye”?

Colin: “I can’t see anything”.

Helen: “Is your left eye open”?

Colin: “Uh huh”

Helen: “Why are you shaking your head”? At this point Colin was moving his head from side to side.

Colin: “I’m trying to get a good look at the thing, the thing that’s doing this to me to me”. Helen: “What’s Happening now”?

Colin: “Just took it out of my eye, my right eye’s really burning, my eye’s really watering, it’s gushing”.

Helen; “What kind of material was it, what did it feel like”?

Colin; “It felt like there was something clamped on it, that there was something going into my eye”.

Helen: “How did you get there Colin, how did you get there? I want you to relive your journey”

Colin: “The car is in a big, bright, metallic room”.

Helen: “How did it get there”?

Colin: “It was lifted”.

Helen: “How was it lifted”?

Colin: “I don’t know, I just feel it juddering and being lifted”.

Helen: “OK, go back to the beginning of your journey”.

Colin: “Just passing the reservoir on the left hand side, just passing the farmhouse on the right. Doesn’t make sense, there’s no road, nothing; the car is definitely off it. There seems to be some kind of force, there is nothing physical that I can see. I’m cold; I’m getting carried along at some rate”. Colin’s body gave a powerful twitch. “I’m in that chair again…something’s looking at me back in the corridor, it’s…it was…ahhh…it’s ugly”.

Helen: “Describe it Colin, describe the ugly thing”.

Colin: “It’s ugly and it’s lurking in that corridor, it comes and goes, it seems ancient to me. Ugly…it’s really badly deformed, I’m not scared of it any more”. Colin began to laugh. “It seems that this thing has been in a fight and it’s the loser. I think it’s trying to manipulate me”.

Helen: “In what way”?

Colin: “I don’t know, ii think I’m pissing it off because I’m not scared any more. I’m laughing at it, it’s weird it’s away”. Colin’s head turned to the right. “ I can hear a noise behind me, I can’t think of a word to describe it”. His body convulsed briefly. “I’m staring at a wee one”.

Helen: “A wee what”?

Colin: “ A wee creature, it’s not very happy with me, I don’t think I was supposed to look behind my chair for some reason. It’s looking at me with those black eyes but I’ll not give in”. Helen: “You won’t give in to what”?

Colin: “It’s trying to outstare me. It’s away; I don’t think it was very pleased with me. It just doesn’t want me to see what is behind me for some reason. If I try to do anything they’ll come round the corner and stop me”.

Helen: “What do you have on Colin”?

Colin: “Nothing, the chair is freezing, I keep wanting to get out of the chair but I bet it will be a big mistake”.

Helen: “Did they speak to you”?

Colin: “No, but I could tell it was pissed off. I’m looking at something, it looks like some sort of surgery tool, I think that’s what went into my eye”.

Helen: “Can you describe it”?

Colin: “It sort of comes down and bends to the left and then bends down again, it’s hard to describe. I’ve never see anything like it, it separates into four and there’s all just things hanging from it”.

Helen: “Move on from there Colin”. He convulsed again. “What’s happening Colin”?

Colin: “Two of them have got me by the feet and are dragging me toward a small archway”.

Helen “How did you get out of the chair”? Colin: “They grabbed me by the feet, I think I pushed them off”.

Helen: “What’s happening now”?

Colin: “They’re dragging me back to the car, they’re not fussy about hurting me”. More convulsions

Helen: “Where are you now”?

Colin: “Back in the car, back in the seat”.

Helen: “Do you have your clothes on”?

Colin: “Yes”.

Helen: “Go back to when you put your clothes on, what’s happening”?

Colin: “Putting my clothes on”.

Helen: “Who”?

Colin: “The wee aliens”.

Helen: “How many are there”?

Colin: “Four”. Again more convulsions. “There is a big alien in front of me doing something, my head is pounding. I don’t know if it’s giving me something or taking something out of my head. My mind goes black, then lighter, my head feels numb, it feels massive, it feels as if I’ve got a big forehead”. Colin’s hand came up and he rubbed forehead vigorously”

Helen: “What’s happening”?

Colin: “Shooting pain, I don’t know what they have done but it’s weird, my brain feels like it’s swollen and pushing my head out like it’s going to burst. I can’t handle this, it’s stopped, it’s weird”.

Helen: “Can you move on, where are you now”?

Colin: “Back on the road”.

Helen: “How did you get there”?

Colin: “Big bang then a thud”.

Helen: “Anyone in the car with you”?

Colin: “Gary’s looking at m, he’s bewildered, Garry’s asking me, did you see what I saw”?

Helen: “ Did you see Garry on your travels”?

Colin: “No, just now”.

 

View of Harperigg Reserviour taken from the A70 Photograph taken by Harry Sommerville.

As part of a recent BBC TV programme, Garry agreed to undergo a polygraph (lie detector) test supervised by Bud Hopkins an American UFO abduction guru and Professor Susan Greenwood a lecturer in psychology and presenter of ‘Brain Story’, a BBC series dealing with perception. While he was attached to the machine Prof. Greenwood asked Garry a series of leading question: he passed the test. Although this does not mean that he was actually abducted by alien beings, is does indicate that he believes something highly unusual occurred. It must be stressed that the use of polygraphs is a controversial issue, almost as much as hypnotic regression. It is claimed that the machine can be duped into accepting a response to a question as the truth when it is not. In the A70 incident this is entirely justified because there is one overall flaw in the evidence presented: the hypnotic regressions. A period of almost six months elapsed between the incident and the regressions, six months in which both men, because they were not conversant with the subject of UFO’s and UFOlogy, read all they could about the subject and the mythology surrounding the it, particularly Garry. This alone must render the disclosures as presented under regression unreliable, add to this the predisposition for the typical hypnotic subject to please the questioner by saying what is expected of them and the evidence begins to fall apart. Without these crucial statements what is left is the undeniable conviction of both men that a real event took place, an event that they cannot otherwise explain.

The machines currently in use today by various agencies are variations on a design devised in 1945 by John Edward Reid an American criminologist. All the devices rely on involuntary responses (emotional stress) generated by the body in response to direct questions, i.e. when telling a lie, in a normal person, breathing and blood pressure alter as does the galvanic response of the skin. Before the session begins the operator asks questions designed to act as a base line response and calibrates the machine accordingly, in other words he or she asks the subject to deliberately tell a lie. The machine however is not foolproof and various physiological elements can render the findings at best doubtful and at worst totally invalid. Examples of this are nervousness and mental disorders; likewise if the subject is a pathological liar then they will generate no change whatsoever in stress patterns when lying. Although widely used as an adjunct to criminal investigations, due to possible variations in response, evidence gathered from polygraph tests are not legally admissible as evidence. This is in no way intended to detract from Gary’s evidence or insinuate in any way that he fooled the machine, but merely to illustrate that polygraph derived testimony is not infallible.

The Alternatives

These then are the bare bones of the account, at the time no serious attempt was made to present the events in terms other than an extraterrestrial encounter. There are other equally valid explanations for what did or did not occur and none of them directly employ the ETH (Extraterrestrial Hypothesis) theory. The bottom line is: ‘something’ happened! Something so traumatic that both men unconsciously rationalised their experience in the only way that made sense to them, an alien abduction. The list of possibilities therefore include,

The events are a total fabrication or,

This was an actual alien abduction, or,

A MILAB, (Military Abduction) or,

An encounter with a powerful EM (electromagnetic) anomaly, or

A ‘time or dimension slip’, in other words a rip in the fabric of space / time.

The first of the possibilities, a fabrication, is very unlikely, neither man wanted or needed the notoriety such a claim would bring both to themselves and indirectly their families. Neither was there a likelihood of any financial reward, the obvious sincerity of the men, the subsequent hypnotic regressions and recent polygraph test also serves to rule out a deliberate and premeditated lie as a possibility.

The second, extraterrestrial intervention while possible is in the light of the other options less likely than it was previously. Certainly the incident bears all the hallmarks of many classic abduction cases and in common with these it contains a wealth of detail, the electrical malfunction of the car, the incongruous mist, humanoid ‘greys’ and other creatures, the medical examinations, the (possible) implants etc. etc. To be really effective though, one must first embrace the ETH as a reality to the exclusion of all the other possible explanations. While there are tens of thousands of people can and do accept this as a premise, there are equally tens of thousands more who do not.

The next alternative to alien abduction is a ‘MILAB’; this hypothesis while still remarkable is considerably more likely than the purely alien alternative. It is in many ways equally worrying, not least because the protagonists are not necessarily operating with the consent or authority of the British Government and are almost certainly working to their own, quite separate agenda, the potential for a political and military disaster is enormous. The likelihood of governments to target their own people for experimentation is far from unique; there are several instances where certain covert agencies in the United States, the CIA (Central Intelligence Agency) and the NSA (National Security Agency) are typical examples, have perpetrated disgraceful covert experiments on specific ‘target’ groups of the American people. This was particularly true of experiments relating to experimental nerve agents designed for biological warfare, the prolonged effects of exposure to microwave radiation and cynical attempts to influence how people think using ‘psychotronic’ devices developed under ‘black’ projects ranging from Project Artichoke (originally sanctioned by former CIA chief Allen Dulles) to project MK-ULTRA which was officially terminated in the early 1970’s. Not surprisingly, this official termination did not end the project, for from it. This along with other covert enterprises, most notably the ill conceived ‘star wars’ project went ‘black’ and disappeared completely into the shadowy maze of the government / military /industrial complex. The manipulation of the ETH for government / military ends is both practical and logical, it is also likely that governments can and do set up ‘extraterrestrial’ close encounter incidents for their own ends, they have the funding, resources and technology to do so.

This is of course only a smokescreen to disguise possible inadvertent sightings during tests of their own experiments involving cutting edge, experimental military hardware. Perhaps to demonstrate some feigned interest, the police and media sidetrack and pay lip service to any reports made by the general public then quickly forget about it. What happened to Gary and Colin could easily fall under the heading of a classic MILAB scenario. In Scotland (and elsewhere) there are persistent rumours and sightings of large, totally silent triangular aircraft that have the uncanny ability to hover noiselessly one second then instantaneously accelerate away at remarkable velocities the next making no sound except a rush of air to mark their departure. There are also leaked stories of microwave inspired devices and machines designed to paralyse the human nervous system and render the affected person unconscious. These devices are used in covert mind control projects pioneered under the previously mentioned ‘MK-ULTRA’ using ‘psychotronic transmitters’.

Psychotronics were developed by intelligence agencies in both of the superpowers based on earlier, less reliable methods. The US originally attempted mind control using ‘narcohypnosis’, a technique employing certain hallucinogenic drugs, hypnosis and altered states of consciousness. Early forms of mind control employed by the former Soviet Union are less clearly defined due to the obsessive secrecy employed by the communist regime in power at the time. This policy was obviously re-enforced by the minimal civil rights implemented by the then Russian totalitarian state. Nonetheless, the former USSR did have programmes designed to investigate and develop possible methods of mind control, there can be little doubt that in many ways they emulated American techniques. For both powers, testing these methods in-house on ‘volunteers’ from the armed forces is one thing, but for various reasons, probably psychological, tests on selected unsuspecting members of the general public, the abductees, may be more valid due to the trauma experienced.

The means and will to perpetrate MILABS are in place and the desire to use them as a research tool is likewise present. The techniques employed to convince the unfortunate abductees rely on conscious altering techniques, chemicals, well-understood processes within the human brain and probably bio-electronic implants. Everyone’s brain is ‘hard wired’ in a similar fashion and if a given input is applied, the brain will respond in a fairly predictable manner and produce the desired images, memories and impressions. It is quite possible that repeat abductees are monitored on a regular basis to assess how well the experiment /implant /programming is progressing, and as a result experience abductions regularly. Another factor tying this to the A70 case is the appearance of a human being, the man wearing a black suit, this is common in many reported a MILAB’s. Not necessarily a man wearing a suit, but the presence of human beings interspersed with the aliens, humans who appear to be either in control of the proceedings or immune from them. It should be borne in mind that this incident and the regressions occurred years before the SF film ‘Men In Black’ was made. The shared mythology of grim faced, rather threatening Men in Black and UFO’s has been linked to sightings in various countries around the world. According to all reports, they always appear unannounced at the home of people who have had a UFO experience, particularly if the person involved managed to get a really good view of one of the objects and /or its occupants. Once they arrive, they make it abundantly clear through either thinly veiled threats or appeals to the person’s sense of national loyalty, usually both, that the person should forget the incident, or their (the MIB’s) appearance ever took place. MIB’s are also recorded as a facet of UFO sightings, but normally they appear to threaten /cajole after the incident, it is most unusual for them to be observed during the actual abduction.

The third option, an encounter with an EM field, is much more complex and subtle, not least due to the subjective impressions of the experiencers. In the A70 incident there are a number of factors to be taken into account. First, the source of natural EM fields, the area of the abduction is close to a natural geological fault in the Pentland Hills, which is an excellent source of EM radiation. If the tectonic plates flex or twist as a result of a micro-tremor a powerful discharge is created and pulsed to the surface. Next, the proximity of the Harperrig Reservoir; due to their ionising properties reservoirs and other stretches of water are another major factor in EM induced hallucinations. This gives rise to two possible scenarios, both based on the premise that the men and their vehicle had passed through such an EM field on the road to Tarbrax. The least likely of these two scenarios would involve both of the men being rendered unconscious, the car electrics malfunctioning and the vehicle stopping. Some time elapses and the men regain consciousness, the car engine restarts and they proceed and discover they have ‘lost’ two hours. For various reasons, not least the presence of other traffic, this is impractical, although the fact that the engine spontaneously restarts introduces another factor into the equation and it is a puzzle that is worth examining. If the engine restarts because the ignition key is turned by one of the car’s occupants, then this at least makes sense, but if it just abruptly begins running without the aid of a starter, then this is something quite different. In fact, as we shall see, when we consider the possibilities opened up by quantum physics, this introduces factors involving time and the ability to halt it, because if the engine was somehow halted in mid cycle then this would go some way to explaining other phenomena reported by abductees.

The second and much more conventional explanation is; when they entered the magnetic field they suffered a paroxysm or epileptoform seizure, these could well be subclinical (i.e. not requiring medical treatment), temporal micro-seizures but in effect caused the men to perform and function as if on autopilot. These micro-seizures interfere with the consolidation of incoming information to the brain. ‘The condition causes electrical spikes and transients in the brain, leading to sudden tingling in digits, fingers and nose, flashes of light – hallucinations - coloured balls of light etc. Hearing sounds, ringing, buzzing, hearing ones name being called. Strange intense smells, pleasant and unpleasant and dizziness with no obvious cause’. [J Gilroy - Basic Neurology - Pergammon Press 1973]. In this scenario they could drive around for some time totally unaware of their surroundings, or conversely, Gary may have parked the vehicle and they just sat there. When the effects wore off, Gary restarted the car and resumed the journey coming fully awake seconds after setting off and causing the car to swerve violently, although seemingly unlikely this scenario is not unique and is medically possible. The same or similar experiences have also been reported by persons suffering for the onset of migraines or migraines at (once again) sub-clinical levels (Gary’s severe headache), the effects of this include:

Noises, ‘hisses and rumbling, intense smells’, [extracted from ‘Migraine’ by Oliver Sacks pub. Picador 1973] Enhancement of Visual Threshold i.e.’ bright lights and increased illumination’ [Ibid] Sonic Enhancement; ‘faint sounds are unusually enhanced and thus misinterpreted’, [Ibid] Mosaic Vision; normal images become progressively degraded from normal through crystalline and iridescent, to grainy and almost cubist, [Ibid] Still Vision; a rapid flicker of still images like a film run very slowly, at 6–12Hz. Or ‘no life’ all is still and dead, time is ‘fractured’, this is known as ‘Cinematic Vision’ to neurologists. [Ibid]

Lilliputian Hallucinations; e.g. a male 38 years old reported seeing small grey humanoids crowding into his room. He was not afraid because they ignored him. Such hallucinations are typically followed by feelings of curiosity or amusement. Elementary Hallucinations include; blobs of light, stars and complex geometrical shapes. The electrical malfunctions lodge in the lower cortex, and visual and tactile regions of the sensory cortex, the condition can last for half an hour. Another effect created by this condition is of a blinding light, which moves outward across the visual field and can last for 20 minutes’ [Ibid]

The effects of EM fields on areas of the brain and particularly with people who are EH (Electrically Hypersensitive) can and does cause all manner of unusual and undesirable neurological and physiological symptoms including, ‘visions, hallucinations, fear, anxiety, being OOB (out of body), unconsciousness, feelings of being touched and watched etc’. This therefore demonstrates how external EM stimuli can and does affect the normal operation of the human brain by interfering with inherent bioelectrical processes within specific areas of the brain cortex.

The fourth and last possibility, that of experiencing a dimensional slip, although at first sight a complete outsider, is, when examined closely and current research into ‘string theory’ is taken into account suddenly becomes a distinct possibility, even a probability. Although theoretically possible in terms of quantum mechanics it was not until a recent unconnected series of amateur experiments revealed the distinct possibility of such contact. The theory is based on parallel universes and dimensions existing alongside our own, normally invisible and inaccessible, but during specific sets of circumstances the two interface with one another and a point of contact is established allowing transfer between the two realities.

‘Our universe seems to have four dimensions: three of space (up-down, left-right, forward-backward) and one of time. Although we can barely imagine extra dimensions, mathematicians and physicists have long analysed the properties of theoretical spaces that hare any number of dimensions’ [Graham P Collins, staff writer on ‘The Universes Unseen Dimension’, ‘Scientific American’ Aug 2000]. ‘Amazingly, in the past two years physicists have begun seriously examining the idea: that everything we can see in our universe is confined to a three dimensional ‘membrane’ that lies within a higher dimensional realm. The physicists may soon be able to detect and verify the existence of reality’s extra dimensions, which could extend over distances as large as a millimetre. Experiments are already looking for the extra dimensions effect on gravity. If the theory is correct, up-coming high-energy experiments in Europe could see unusual processes involving quantum gravity, such as the creation of transitory minute ‘black holes’. The theory is based on some of the most recent developments in string theory and would solve some long-standing puzzles of particle physics and cosmology’. [Nima Arkani-Hamed, Savas Dimopoulos and George Dvali, The Universes Unseen Dimensions, Scientific American Aug 2000].

The exotic concept of ‘string theory’ and multidimensions actually arise from attempts to understand the most familiar of forces: gravity. More than three centuries after Sir Isaac Newton proposed his law of gravitation, physics still does not explain why gravity is so much weaker than all the other forces’ [Ibid]. The ‘strings’ and ‘superstrings’ mentioned in these quotes are at the heart of this revolutionary concept. In particle physics, at the very core of the atom, along with the neutrons, protons, leptons and quarks etc there are ‘strings’, sometimes called ‘superstrings’. During experiments using particle accelerators, physicists noticed that one particular class of sub-atomic particle, the quark, never appear singly, but invariably in groups of two and three. Sometimes they are in a row and on other occasions turn in on themselves to form loops. These loops and rows vibrate at different frequencies. To give an idea of the scale: a string is to an atom as an atom is to the universe.

‘They are the basis of all matter, but the mathematics of superstrings gives nonsense answers unless space contains some extra dimensions beyond the usual three, or four including time. These extra dimensions were believed to be too tiny to worry about, smaller than a virus to the same degree as an ant is smaller than the universe. Any motion in an extra dimension would return to its staring point in too short a time to be measured. Experiments designed to detect such tiny dimensions would require energy far exceeding that available in the most powerful currently available atom smashers. In 1996, Dr Joseph Lykken of the Fermi National Accelerator in Batavia, Illinois, USA suggested that superstrings might have affects detectable at much lower energies. If so, other physicists calculated last year (1998), the hidden superstring dimensions could be bigger than originally thought. In fact hidden dimensions could be as much as the size of a small ant – about 1mm across.

Hardly huge you will agree, and there is a universe in there. But the visible universe is huge only in the familiar three dimensions of space. In additional dimensions the universe would be thin, the way a sheet of paper is thick in two dimensions and thin in another. In the hidden dimensions the visible universe’s thickness would measure on the order of one ten millionth of a billionth of a millimetre. So countless such universes could fit in the extra dimensions. According to Dr Lykken, “The specific laws of physics would be different in each of these universes or ‘branes’ (membranes), Their law of gravity would be the same as ours, but everything else would be different…but maybe they could form galaxies stars galaxies and planets” such parallel 3-D universes, or three-branes might contain unusual forms of matter, possibly forming stars, planets and strange people – all less than a millimetre from the home brane of the sun There’s no danger of bumping into alien universes however. Nobody can reach out and touch, or see, or send laser beams carrying messages to parallel braneworlds because light and matter are confined to each brane. “We are built of particles that cannot fall off and probe the extra dimensions,” said physicist, professor Dr Nemanja Kaloper of Stanford University’. [Tom Sigfried, (science writer) Dallas Morning Post, 5th July 1999]

The really bizarre thing about them is their properties. In other words, sometimes they are there and sometimes not, so, where do they go? Physicists have calculated that they enter a different state of existence in effect another dimension. Thus far, using string theory equations they have located the existence nine possible dimensions but can only rationalise five of them. Another explanation for parallel universes is based on the concept of ‘dark matter’ ‘Another example is the mystery in cosmology of what constitutes ‘dark matter’ the invisible gravitating substance than seems to make up 90% of the mass of the universe. This dark matter may reside in parallel universes. Such matter would affect our universe through gravity and is necessarily ‘dark’ because out species of is stuck to our membrane, so photons cannon travel across the void from the parallel matter to our eyes’ [Nima Arkani-Hamed, Savas Dimopoulos and George Dvali, The Universes Unseen Dimensions, Scientific American Aug 2000].

In other words, the parallel universes and dimensions may coexist with our own but are invisible to us by nature of a) their structure and b) the frequency at which they function. This leads to the theory that ‘extraterrestrials’ are in fact ‘extradimensionals’, perhaps even reflections of us existing in a separate dimension. They glimpses we occasionally have of them are distorted by probable temporal difference between the two realities.

In. this scenario the EM field may have created the portal and Gary and Colin either ‘fell through’, or the entities used or created a weakness in space /time to travel from their dimension. In this instance time would have no meaning at all, in effect the two men were in limbo until either rejected by the other dimensions, a reflex action as instinctive and involuntary as the human body rejects a virus, or, deliberately sent back into this time frame. Whether the visions both men recalled under hypnosis were memories of the beings inhabiting these alternate dimensions or fantasies culled from their subconscious is at the very core of this debate. It has been suggested by various groups of researchers that the entities described by both men during the regressions are in fact denizens of these alternate dimensions.

This falls into line with the train of thought that UFO’s and their occupants are a trans-dimensional phenomena rather than an extraterrestrial one. These concepts are based on how some UFO’s act and perform when observed, i.e. instantaneous movement, vanishing and re-appearing in the blink of an eye etc. In fact both of these explanations may contain part of the answer; it has been claimed recently by an amateur research body, ‘The Scole Group’ that under certain circumstances it is possible to forge a link between the two (or more) dimensions. During their five-year project, the Scole Group using mediums and psychics claim to achieve contact with discarnate intelligences from the ‘other side’, the ‘spirit world’ or for this propose, another dimension. Whether one accepts the reality and conclusions of these findings, some of the results do deserve close attention particularly in relation to the appearance of one of these entities. Once the mystical trappings are swept away, what one of their experiments using video cameras and a device called a ‘double psychomanteum’, revealed the image of a being the group decided to call ‘Blue’. (A ‘psychomanteum’ is an arrangement of mirrors or other reflective polished surfaces e.g. copper or brass).

Those attempting to either communicate with the dead or consult oracles have used this system for centuries, the user sits gazing into the mirror and according to the theory, the image of the spirit /oracle appears. Because of the mirrors, they dubbed this experiment ‘Project Alice’. ‘Gradually the line turned sideways and the square screen came into view, now seen from the front. The amazing thing was that as the screen rotated it had an image on it. This was a very clear view of an ‘animated interdimensional friend’ whose features, to say the least were not exactly our own. This friend has been named ‘Blue’. We leave you to decode whether the image is thought provoking. The group has no doubts. For them this was a fantastic result, which has been achieved, in fully lighted conditions’ [‘The Scole Experiment’, pp138 Grant and Jane Solomon pub Piatkus 2000].‘Further experiments did produce an array of images. There were things that looked like shrimps, an orange and yellow flower unfolding, a comet, eyes, lips even a beak. Another image resembled a rotating doorway’ [Ibid] Whether one accepts the validity of this type of phenomenon is entirely subjective, however, in this instance a video camera was mounted to replace the human being and allowed to record any images that appeared in the mirror. On this occasion ‘Blue’ appeared, during other sessions recorded a few days later, pinkish images of what may be planets suspended in space and pyramid shaped objects were captured on tape.

All very good except for one item: ‘Blue’. The entity which the group rather ingenuously named ‘Blue’ is to all intents and purposes a ‘Grey’, the ubiquitous occupant /pilot of UFO’s. The similarity is quite obvious, the elongated face, large, black, slanted eyes no discernable mouth or nose, the likeness is unmistakable. What then did the Scole Group record, the inhabitant of another reality/galaxy/dimension or an extraterrestrial? If they did achieve an astonishing breakthrough then perhaps this is proof that other dimensions actually exist alongside our own and are accessible. The basis for their experiments was the intention to demonstrate scientific proof of an afterlife, it would be foolish to dismiss the project out of hand as superstitious nonsense, this is akin to ‘throwing the baby out with the bathwater’. Irrespective of their motives, if the video images captured by the group are of an interdimensional entity then it is feasible that Garry and Colin actually did find themselves, briefly, literally ‘out of this world’ in circumstances generated by the deliberate manipulation of space /time.

This concept also throws the standard idea of interstellar and intergalactic travel by means of ‘nuts and bolts’ vehicles into disarray and leads to other questions, i.e. are all genuine anomalous sightings recorded in the skies and on the surface of planet Earth the result of interdimensional visitations, or does the method of ‘travel’ involve dipping into an alternate universe. One of the theoretical methods of transport involves literally taking two points in space and drawing then together, actually folding space and passing directly across between the two folded sections. In effect what was described in Frank Herbert’s classic book ‘Dune’ as “The art of travelling without moving”. Or in line with contemporary theorising are controlled miniature black holes being used to punch holes in the very fabric of reality as we comprehend it and permit interdimensional travel? It is therefore quite possible that in physical terms, the ‘UFO’ (if that is what it was) never actually moved from the spot where Garry and Colin were abducted, instead it merely ‘phased’ itself out from our point in relative space/time into one of its own choosing. Correspondingly, their return, along with that of their car, was achieved by ‘phasing’ back into our continuum and releasing them, truly, the art of travelling without moving.

Footnote

What follows is a verbatim account from a recorded interview made on the Sunday the 25th of October 2000 between Garry Woods, my colleague Bill Devlin and myself. NB This interview was not conducted under hypnosis.

Assuming the results of the Scole experiments to be genuine, and the findings of particle physicists based in solid foundations, then the practise of spiritualism takes on a fresh and quite unexpected look. The prayers used in traditional spiritualism date from the 1950’s when, in order to deflect charges of witchcraft and sequent prosecution under arcane legislation, prayers were incorporated into services. The actual prayers are unnecessary as are invocations of God’s blessing; the real miracle lies in the talents of the mediums who produce the effects. Whether they believe that their talent comes from above is neither here nor there, all that matters is that it works. It is therefore possible that to produce these effects, mediums are capable of retuning or realigning their minds to a different frequency and cutting between the dimensions to make contact with…something, acting as conduits for two-way communication. There is no reason that, once the mechanics of this are understood, devices could not be developed to facilitate this communication and even permit transportation.

The car driven by Garry on the night of the event car, the silent witness in this affair also was adversely affected by what transpired, I asked him about this and other matters raised in the interview.

BA: “ I know you must be pissed off with the constant questions over the years, them and the same answers, but if possible could you try to forget it and pretend it’s the first time you’ve discussed this with anyone, will you try this”?

Garry: “Aye ok”.

BA: “How did you deal with the after effects of the incident”?

Garry: “After what happened, Colin and I went back looking in the area and found stuff that had been in the car, dusters, rags and bits and pieces, as if someone had been raking around in the car. After this my car started growing a white ‘foost’, [a vernacular expression for fungus or dust] all over it. (The car was an almost new Vauxhall Astra). You know the kind of thing that develops on battery terminals, like crystallisation, but all over the car. I was always at the car removing this growth, rubbing down the paintwork and repainting it. I couldn’t understand it. I know cars, it’s my job, I’m an ambulance mechanic. I thought maybe it’s a bad earth, so I changed the earths but it made no difference. I tried everything but it made no difference, inside the boot, it was everywhere, this white crystallisation”.

Garry also mentioned a dream experienced by both men,

Garry: “I spoke with Colin at great length, talking even before we talked to Malcolm (Robinson), the only thing we had in common was, like, we both sort of had a dream, I don’t know, like we were away for ten years, and we came back and our family had all changed and everything like that. I know this sounds a bit…daft, but that’s kind of like the way that he thought and I thought”.

BA: “Did you actually dream this while actually asleep or was it a general feeling”?

Garry: “ No, it was just a feeling, really odd, a feeling”.

BA: “How did Colin deal with the situation”?

Garry: “Well, Colin at first was interested in it, talked to a few neighbours and so on, then he said he didn’t want to carry on with it, he knew what he saw and now he wanted to get on with his life. I tried to give him books on it but he said he didn’t want to go into it any more, but if I found out anything to let him know. He still come and sees me, we’re still mates”.

BA: “Do you think Colin be prepared to talk about it”?

Garry: “Yes, probably, I could ask him for you if you want”.

BA: “Fine that would be fine, Garry, about the girl you saw in the craft, what about her, what became of her, did you see her again”.

Garry: “I don’t know how this must sound, but all I could think of was getting out of there. I wasn’t interested in her, I didn’t care what happened to her, all I could think about was me, I wasn’t thinking how could I help her, all I was bothering about was me. I would have murdered, killed, anything to get away from there, I just wanted away”

BA: “The hypnosis sessions, did the information come directly from the hypnosis or immediately after”?

Garry: “Yeah, aye, ahha, Colin would talk under hypnosis, I wasn’t as good a subject, I seemed to find it more difficult”.

BA: “The actual experiences of being underground, OK, obviously I wasn’t privy to the original sessions, why do you think you were underground”?

Garry: “The things I saw underground, I saw a big craft in a big, huge open space under the ground.

BA: “: Was it the same as the craft you’d seen”?

Garry: “Ummm, it’s very vague in my mind and it was just like tunnels, dark tunnels”.

BA: “It’s possible that this underground situation might not necessarily be on earth…it could have been anywhere…off this planet…could have been somewhere entirely different”

Garry, “Well, the creatures I saw…I saw different things, the thing I remember is a being, right in my face. It said to me, I’ve got a life, a life like yours but different, things happen to us, but what’s got to be done’s got to be done”.

BA: “Did they ever tell you why they were doing what they were doing”?

Garry: Well, ah, it asked me for something and I was crying, I said, I can’t help you I’ve got a wife and children and this and that, and what it said it wanted was sanctuary”.

BA: That was in some of the stuff I got from Malcolm, yes, sanctuary. When they asked for sanctuary did they think that you…that we could supply this sanctuary”?

Garry: “I don’t know…ummm, it’s all…it said, your not living like you should be living, that’s what it told me, you’re not living like you should be living”’

BA: “Did it elaborate on that”?

Garry: “It said we were more advanced than them, it what way I don’t know, it said something about we were all capped, in what way I don’t know”.

BA: “Capped, as in stopped from developing”?

Garry: “Capped, I don’t know. They had a lot of trouble with the pressure because the big ones kept falling over but the wee ones weren’t”.

BA: “Like the gravity was too intense for them”?

Garry: “Like heavy pressure on them, they couldn’t handle it”.

BA: “Yes, ok”.

Garry: “Like pressure, I was two objects going away from my chest, just two objects going away…up in the…”.

BA: “You were lying down at this time”?

Garry: “ Aye, I was lying down and I saw two objects getting lifted away, physical objects lifted away. They turned me round, moved me, they were interested in my left leg. What it was, it sounds daft but these things were happy to see me, it was like they were glad, I don’t know but that’s what it seemed like”

BA: “Did they hurt you, do you think they went out of their way to hurt you or it was just incidental to what they were doing”?

Garry: “Between me and you I wasn’t terrible worried, I used to run out of my bed screaming at night, you can ask my wife.

BA: “ Was this prior to this or after”?

Garry: “After, it happened, I would get out of bed screaming at night, I would run out of the house, I would hug the covers. Kim [Garry’s wife] would say “You idiot, get back into bed”. What helped me; it’s why I’m in the nick [condition] I am today and have a better quality of life, is through Helen Walters and the hypnosis. If it wasn’t for that I’d still be scared.

BA: “So she helped you get it out, externalise it”?

Garry: “Whatever she did made me realise that whatever was done, whatever took place isn’t going to hurt me, that’s what I realise now and that’s why I’m not so scared now”.

BA: “The procedures they [the abductors] carried out on you, were they invasive”?

Garry: “It’s hard to…it’s…something took up the full width of my ear, it was buzzing, like interference, it was the full width of my mind and it was buzzing. There was this thing on the other side like a flap and there were two eyes on it. In this place there was like an object up on the wall and it was watching me and it was something horrible, I didn’t know what it was”.

BA: “Malcolm mentioned a lens type thing in the room with you”.

Garry: “Aye, yes, the black lens thing, about seven feet wide and it was the shape of a black eye and there were four packs, one there and there”. [Using his hands, Garry indicated the general shape of an eye with equidistant four objects framing it] “They were like, you know how you get a box of chocolates and some have lines on then the packs, they were like that? They were making this object fold in on itself like a black liquid and it would start spinning round and making a perfect ‘whooshing noise’. I’m used to listening to engines running and this was a perfect noise, a perfect like, whooshing noise”.

BA: “Whooshing, a whooshing noise,… like air being moved”?

Garry: “Aye, well like something, like it was all off balance then spot on like it was running perfect. They turned me round again and there was like a circular hole in the floor and there was a gel like substance like wallpaper paste, a clear gel and I saw something moving in it and one of these creatures climbed out of the gel. At this point I jumped out of the hypnosis. Now, some of these creatures looked like…they were bruised and had to be in this gel stuff, you know if you’re in water, it’s a good shock absorber say you were in a liquid it was in a vacuum. In a liquid you could move in dimensional arcs without being splattered, you know? I think this gel stuff was something to do with that”

BA: “You mean you thought it was something to do with protecting against ‘G’ force”?

Garry: “Yes like that, but it was connected with healing as well”.

BA: “What else do you remember”?

Garry: “I was taken to this place and I saw these things”. [Garry sketched out odd, almost sperm shaped objects]. “I saw these things like they were really, really thin and they had a funny shaped head and there were lots of them and they kept coming towards me, bending on themselves and going away. Now, this place I was in, it was like a red mist and these things were swimming in the red mist and all these things kept coming, big ones and wee ones and they were all looking at me and then they were like, you know, an eel would do and they were all coming up looking. They would fold back on themselves and head away. I think these things; you know how you get tadpoles and frogs? Well. I think these things were these bigger things, the tall things. [For clarification, I pressed Garry on this point: according to him, the reference to frogs and tadpoles is an earthly comparison to a pre-adult stage in the development of the tall, frail, translucent entities. We also discussed similarities between what Garry described and the phenomena of ‘Rods’, allegedly ultra fast, thin, eel like entities captured fleetingly on individual frames of film and videotape by researchers in Mexico].

BA: “ Garry do these images come separately like snapshots or do they flow smoothly into one another”?

Garry: “Like snapshots, even with the hypnosis it wasn’t clear, it jumped around”.

BA: “What about other hypnotic sessions”?

Garry: “Aye, I remember in one of the sessions…these things were strong…and they could move, oh yes they could move. This thing looked into my life, one thing I will state, right, put this on record, I meet people who know me and I don’t know who they are, its like certain sections of my life, years, are missing out of my memory, I can back this up with some of my friends. This thing looked into my life”.

BA: “Do you think it stole your memory”?

Garry: “Well, no, it never stole my memory, it looked into my life and I looked into it’s [life] and it couldn’t stop me… and it thought it was funny, it just…it thought it was funny. Then it said to me “I’ve a life like you but different, things happen to us” Like it was showing me. I don’t remember what it did show me, but it did, it did look into my life. And it couldn’t stop me looking into its and it didn’t like it. It had a problem with it because I think in didn’t know I could do what I was doing to it. I was in a state, fear and this thing was you know trying to calm me down, like I was really freaking out. I would have done what I had to do to get away from there, I’d have stabbed, murdered, anything to get away. I remember rocks; somewhere they took us, like rocks. Have you ever seen slate? Jagged, all these rocks were like that, like slate sticking up. These things were standing there behind the rocks, like they were waiting for us coming there. I also remember floating like you’ve no control over where you’re going. You can’t do anything because you’re just everywhere, no co-ordination, no control at all. I remember that because I was panicking.

There was another thing, later. Kim (his wife) took a seizure and I had to take the boys to her mothers. I was working and I couldn’t look after them, so I took them to her mums. It was half six at night I was heading back with the boys and I was worried, I was in deep despair, really worried and I was panicking and crying to myself. Then there was this huge big, like thing, like a flash over the car, everything in the car, the whiteness, like magnesium white started to come in all over the car. It poured in all round us and the boys were screaming and…ahhh, I remember at the side of the road, stopped at the side of the road and I asked Garry (his oldest son) what he thought and he said “It was like being in heaven”. The youngest lad, he was being sick, but Garry, that’s what Garry actually said. … “It was like being in heaven… like being in heaven”….

Source & References:

Editor: Harry Sommerville, Director of East 2 West Ufo Society.

I would liked to thank Brian Allan for his kind permission to use this article on the East 2 West Ufo Society website and here in this newsletter. You can visit Brians own website at http://www.p-e-g.co.uk Brian runs PEG the help of his wife Ann. Brian J Allan, author of 'The View From The Abyss' ISBN#1-4241-1933-2 and 'Rosslyn, Between two Worlds' ISBN#0-9786249-1-2

 

This interview was transcribed from video as the interviewee expressed a wish to remain anonymous ('Henry Deacon' is a pseudonym, prompted by his similarity to the likeable and creative polymath on the Eureka TV series). Certain details have been deleted and/or amended in order to ensure that his identity remains concealed, and the transcript has been ?cleaned??? of most expressed natural hesitations and the like. Meanwhile, it is most important to note that none of the factual information disclosed has been altered or amended in any way. Henry?s name and employment details are known and verified and we were able to meet with him personally more than once. He was understandably a little nervous but definitely wanted to talk with us. In conversation, he sometimes responded with silence and meaningful glances or enigmatic smiles rather than words. He was entirely disarming, in a very quiet way, and was not always certain about what he should or shouldn't say. At times, however, he took great pleasure in revealing the truth about some key matter in a way that could not be traced back to him. One or two supplementary details were provided by e-mail after the interview.The most important piece of additional information comes at the very end of the transcript, where Henry confirms Dan Burisch's testimony.Readers are welcome to distribute this freely with the proviso that no part of it must be altered or deleted. Unaltered extracts can be quoted if the context is made clear. We consider this interview to be extremely important and in our opinion the information revealed should be made widely known. _____________________________Please tell us a little bit about yourself ? as much as you feel you can.

I?m a current employee of one of the three letter agencies [he plays a little word game with us until we guess the right agency, which he then confirms]. I?m probably taking quite a risk by speaking to you like this, though I don't intend to reveal any information that in my judgment is both classified and specific to national security. I?ve been involved in many projects with many different agencies over many years.To jump right in at the deep end, I believe I was a walk-in around eighth grade. I have memories of coming from another planet, and these are all mixed up, all mingled with human boyhood memories. It's very weird, and hard to explain what it feels like. I?ve never had any problems intuitively accessing complex scientific information and I've often found myself understanding complex systems with no detailed briefing or training. I work essentially with systems. I don't mean to be arrogant, but I do know a great deal of advanced information, scientific and otherwise. I just seem to know it. I can?t say more than that right now. Can you give even any clues about which agency you work for?

N

o, not on public record. I just can't afford that. What information do you feel you have that?s important for the world to know?

There?s so much that it?s hard to know where to start.I knew about 9/11 two years before the event, for instance. Not in specific terms, but certainly in general ones. It was talked about, an event like that, something that would change the game, let's say.

I know that there?s a planned war between the US and China scheduled for late 2008. This is also geopolitical and not concerned with Black Ops as such. These were both just events that I got to hear about in passing. I have no detailed information about them. You mean that China and the US are working together to stage a war?

The Pentagon started the planning in 1998. You have to understand that China and the US are hand in glove with everything. This war is a joint op between the US and China. Most wars are set up that way and have been for a while.You want something else that?s just unpleasant to hear? I also heard from someone who was serving in a unit that worked with missiles deployed for testing in the Pacific and the Far East. The missiles were shipped to the test location in very tightly sealed containers, very secure, hermetically sealed. After the tests, the container would be shipped back, sealed the same way, but empty, supposedly empty. On one occasion, this guy was present when a container was opened. It wasn't empty. It was filled with bags of white powder. Cocaine?

I leave you to draw your own conclusions. I doubt it was sugar. Let me just say that, hypothetically speaking, and let just me say that to protect myself, if such a plan was in operation, it makes perfect logistical sense as it?s a totally secure way to get around all security, customs, international boundaries and ports, and all those checks. It?s perfect, like the way guns and ammunition used to cross borders in diplomatic bags going between consulates. This happens all the time. Would you call yourself a physicist?

Yes. I cover other specialties as well, but yes, I?m a physicist. And I specialize in systems. Livermore is a good place to be, everyone's very professional there. They don?t, you know, they don?t play games there. What can you say about the current state of physics in the military-industrial complex?

It?s dozens of years ahead of mainstream physics which is published in journals in the public domain. There are projects dealing with subjects beyond the belief or experience, beyond the imagination, of many public domain physicists. Can you give us any examples?

[long pause]There's a project called Shiva Nova at Livermore which uses arrays of giant lasers. These are huge lasers, huge capacitors, many terawatts of energy, in a building built on giant springs [extends his arms to show the size], all focused on a tiny tiny point. This creates a fusion reaction which replicates certain conditions for nuclear weapons testing. It?s like a nuke test in lab conditions, and there's very powerful data collection focused on that point where all the energy is focused.The problem is that all extremely high-energy events like this create rips in the fabric of spacetime. This was observed back in the early Hiroshima and Nagasaki events, and you can even see it in the old movies. Look for what looks like an expanding energy sphere, and I can send you a link to show you. The problem with creating rips in spacetime, whether they're big or little, is that things get in that you don?t want to be there. Things get in?

T

hings get in. Things that we all know about that are discussed on the net a lot. Beings, and influences, and all kinds of weird stuff, and I can tell you they?ve created big problems. What kind of problems?

[pause]The problem of their presence and then what happens next. The other problem is that if you?re creating rips in spacetime you?re messing with time itself, whether you mean to or not. There have been attempts to fix that, and it all results in a complicated overlay of time loops. Some ETs are trying to help, and others, others are not. When predicting futures, we can only talk about probable and possible futures. This is all extremely complex and very highly classified. Basically, it?s just a huge mess. We've opened Pandora?s Box, starting with the Manhattan Project, and we haven't yet found a way to deal with the consequences. The problem of multiple timelines sounds like the information reported by Dan Burisch... can you comment on that?

[shakes head] I don?t know about any of that. OK. We?ll send you the links so that you can see the interviews. But what you?re saying also corroborates the information reported by "Mr X" on the Camelot website. Have you seen or read those interviews?

No, what does he say? "Mr X" is an archivist who for a six-month period had the opportunity to work with classified documents, films, photos and artifacts back in the mid-80s when he was working on a special project with a defense contractor. He says that he read that the principal reason for the ETs' interest in us was because of nuclear testing and the general threat of nuclear weapons.

That sounds about right. Except only one or two ET groups are concerned about nuclear weapons, not all of them. OK. What else can you tell us about the timeline problem?

Just

that it?s unresolved. The risk is, you see, that each time we try to fix it, it adds to the problem. It just gets worse all the time. Are the aliens ? or some of the aliens ? time travelers? Dan Burisch states this.

Yes. Do you know about the Montauk Project?

That caused a huge problem, and generated a... created a 40-year loop.I don?t know about Al Bielek. I believe some of his information is suspect. But something like that definitely did happen, the Philadelphia Experiment, too. John Neumann was very involved in all of that. And Tesla, and Einstein?

Don?t know. But Neumann... [nods head] Montauk was real?

Yes. That was a real mess. They created a time split we?re still unable to mend. Now, understand this also relates to Project Rainbow, the Stargates? they were also working on that there. But some of the Montauk reports on the net are unconvincing to me. I?ve seen some of the photos of the equipment they?re supposed to have used, and it?s junk, just a pile of junk. [Bill] I?ve always had a problem with the idea of time portals because I don?t see how or why they?d stay with the planet at a certain location as it moves through space. If a portal was created in spacetime, you?d expect it to be left behind somewhere very quickly as the earth rotates, and moves round in its orbit, and the solar system itself is orbiting the galaxy in a huge cycle. I mean, everything?s in motion, all the time, and this is well known. Can you explain this?

No, I can?t... but I know what you mean, and the portals do stay in specific locations, kind of anchored to this planet. That does happen that way. Why they don?t get left behind or just kind of float off somewhere, I have no idea. Maybe they?re gravitationally anchored in some way. Your guess is as good as mine.One of the portals connects to Mars, and it?s a stable connection, no matter where Earth and Mars are in their orbits. We have a base there established in the early sixties. Actually, we have a number of bases. So we?ve explored Mars already.

S

ure, a long time ago. Have you seen Alternative Three? Yes.

That had some truth to it. The Mars landing video was all a spoof, and other parts of it were as well, but there?s truth there. What else do you know as a physicist working on these projects?

OK. This may interest you if you have a physics background. You know what signal non-locality is, right? When two particles in different parts of the universe can apparently communicate with each other simultaneously, no matter what the distance. Communications devices have been made for communicating across vast distances and also locally using a methodology that?s impossible to eavesdrop on, because there's nothing traveling between the two devices that can be intercepted. It?s impossible to crack or codebreak or eavesdrop because no signal travels anywhere, so there?s no signal to be intercepted or decoded. It just doesn?t work like that.The beauty of it is that the devices are actually so simple to build. You can create two chaotic circuits, on a couple of small breadboards using cheap components which anyone can buy, and they communicate with each other in this way. You can build these if you know how. Are there any other applications besides communication?

[pause]

Yes. What else can you tell us about this?

That?s it. Oh, I should say that I didn?t realize at first that you were also the guy who created the Serpo website. Let me just say that it wasn?t called by that name. And I doubt that the travel took nine months. That's not how they traveled there. Oh, you mean the travel was instantaneous?

[pause]

I don?t think they traveled the way they say they did on the Serpo website. Maybe there were other programs. There may have been many. But travel across large distances is best done using portals. Anything else is really... it's just inefficient. You mean they used Stargates?

I guess you could call them that, yes.

I also suspect the system isn?t Zeta Reticuli. It sounds to me like Alpha Centauri. I think you mentioned this on the site. Do you have a reason for saying that?

Well, Zeta 1 and 2 are a long way apart from one another. Alpha Centauri and Promixa Centauri are close together. Alpha Centauri has a solar system very much like ours, but it's older. The planets are in stable orbits. There are three inhabited planets, the second, third and fourth. No, wait, the fifth, I think. Second, third and fifth. That?s astonishing? you knew this professionally? I mean, you came across this in the course of your work?

Yes. This is known. It?s comparatively easy to get there, less than five light years away, and that?s, you know, it's right next door to us. The? people? there are very human-like. They're not Grays, they?re like us. The human form is very common in the universe. [Bill] Is one of the planets desert-like? That?s what I saw in the photo I described. Two setting suns, over a desert landscape. It really blew me away. [See this article on the Serpo website]

Yes, it is. A desert planet. Wow. Are you familiar with Project Looking Glass?

That sounds kind of familiar... It was a kind of technology that Dan Burisch told us about that involved seeing into the future. Were you involved with it?

OK, that technology wasn't developed by us. We were given it, or it was taken from a craft we acquired. I didn't work on that. We heard they have a man-made Stargate as Los Alamos. Are you familiar with that?

[looks at us without answering, slight enigmatic smile] What can you tell us about Los Alamos?

There's a Los Alamos website I'll send you, and then you can search there under ?gravity shielding??? and things like that. It?s all there.[Note: the website is http://lanl.arxiv.org.]Now, it may have been an error that it?s in the public domain. You might want to advise people to archive the pages they find there before they?re taken off the web once this gets out, if it does. But right now you can see it with your own eyes.It?s hard to know what else to say. What can you tell us about the ET presence?

Look up the movie Wavelength. It?s based on a totally true story. Have you seen it? It's based on an incident that took place at Hunter Liggett. This is a hot one. No. Where?s Hunter Liggett?

90 miles south-south-east of Monterey, California. My primary station at the time was Fort Ord.I was working there back in the early 70s, when I was in the military, and I was working under CDCEC, which is Combat Developments Command Experimentation Command. You can go look that up.We were doing testing of all kinds of devices, and we lived out in the field there. We wore laser protection goggles a lot of the time and we had our eyes dialated routinely to check our retinas for burns. Some of the cattle in the fields even wore modified goggles! This was the most bizarre sight you could ever imagine.Well, one day something happened while we were testing. A disk came into the area and it was hovering, it hovered right directly in front of us, out in a field. So [pause] we shot the ****ing thing down. You shot down a disk?

[shaking head] We should never have done it. It wasn't me personally, but the group did. Between us we had all this gizmo weaponry and I guess they panicked and thought they were in a movie or something. The disk was disabled and it was captured, and so were the occupants, and I saw these very briefly. They were small child-like humanoids, with no hair. And they had small eyes, not large almond-shaped eyes. I don?t think anyone knows about this. As far as I know it?s not on the internet. This is incredible. I've never heard of this incident.

Most of the other witnesses ended up in Vietnam and many were killed. I may be the only living witness to what happened... I don?t know.

The rest of the story is in a sci-fi movie called Wavelength, which was released in the early '80s. I?d never heard of it until I ran into it years later, in Arizona. Did I just say this? [laughs, for the first time]

When I saw the video, I was expecting some, you know, light entertainment with a beer or two, but I mean, my mouth just hung wide open. The beginning of the film just completely clearly and accurately describes the incident, and the film is very close to the rest of the story, including the use of an abandoned Nike base in Southern California to store them.

Go find it. It?s all basically true. I was just amazed when I saw it. The person who wrote it must have been there, or knew someone who was there. But I don?t know who.

I had a genuine alien photo once. I showed it to someone, a woman, a very talented woman, who was a microbiologist working for one of the agencies. It scared the s*** out of her. I couldn?t believe it. She just didn?t want to deal with it at all. And I?d say that just suggests that the public, even scientists aren?t ready for this information to be released. And this person was really smart. It didn?t stop her from freaking out, just not wanting to know. She was just, you know, totally spooked. Do you still have the photo? Can we see it?

I don?t know. I may still have it somewhere, and if I can find it, I?ll forward it to you. Can you describe it?

It showed a small being with dark skin, kind of black and wrinkled. He was a sole survivor of an incident. But he died shortly afterwards. He had a suit that was self-healing, ah... self-repairing. It was a kind of fabric, or something, that would actually repair itself. And he had an artifact with him that was some kind of remote control device, and that was taken away from him. He was the survivor of a crash?

[pause]No. A time traveler?

You know everything, don't you? No, but you're giving us verification.

I mean, it?s just so incredibly complicated. It?s so complex it?s possible that no one person has all the information. Most of the agencies don?t know what the other agencies know and everything is heavily compartmentalized right up the wazoo. No-one talks to anyone else about this stuff. Sometimes entire projects are duplicated at the cost of God knows how many billions because the existence of the other project is unknown, it?s kept from them. I mean, I?m a scientist, and scientists sometimes have one arm tied behind their backs because they can't communicate freely. In fact, they can?t communicate at all [laughs]. And there are dozens, hundreds of classified projects, I mean major ones. It?s just a total mess.

Look, there are many groups of ETs, and besides our own ancestors are mixed in there. There are time loops upon time loops, and it?s all a mess. You?d need an IQ of 190 to figure it all out. Tell us about the time loops. By the way, can we ask you again?. you?ve not heard of Dan Burisch?

Not that I remember. It's not familiar to me. We interviewed him last month. He was next to John Lear on the web page.

I did see your interview with John Lear, talking about the moon photos and the way they?re airbrushed. NASA does that all the time. He?s quite a character, by the way. I?d like to meet him one day.What few people know is that radar reports for the National Weather Service are also airbrushed, so that certain radar images aren?t released. I don?t mean airbrushed as in by hand. The radar images are electronically filtered using software. Some of these radar traces are huge. In addition, the weather radar won?t record traces that are moving faster than a certain high speed, a couple of thousand miles an hour. But there are still traces which need to be removed. UFOs?

Sure. They?re often optically invisible, but usually show up on radar. They?re also visible in ultraviolet... I don?t think this is generally known by people. So what can you tell us about the time loops?

Right. [long pause]The situation with time loops is that there are a large number of parallel timelines, lots of branches. There are no paradoxes. [draws a diagram] If you go back in time and kill your grandfather, that?s the grandfather paradox everyone talks about, there?s no paradox. When you go back and change the past, it creates a different timeline, which is a new branch of the original one. On that timeline, you?d not be born and wouldn?t exist, so that aspect of the paradox is true. Do you see? But on this timeline, which you?re on here and now, you do exist, and continue to do so. There?s no paradox. It?s simple? do you see? You?re dealing with different branches of a kind of time tree. No principles get violated. All future events are possibilities, not certainties. That?s kind of pretty important, an important... distinction. That's really all I can say about that. Do you know anything about chemtrails?

OK. C

hemtrails were developed by Edward Teller and are basically the seeding of thousands of tons of microparticles of aluminum on the upper atmosphere to try to increase the albedo of the planet, the reflectivity of the planet, because of global warming. Now, gold microparticles, real gold, were used once in a similar situation on another planet, but I guess they had lots of gold, and we used aluminum instead. Global warming is partly because of the greenhouse effect, and that certainly makes things worse, but most of it is because of increased solar activity. Solar activity is the real problem. Why isn?t this information in the public domain? It seems like people should know and would like to know, and there?s no security risk if what you say is true.

Scientifically, it?s just a total gamble. Not nearly enough is understood. It may work, or maybe it won't. It could easily make things worse. There may also be health side-effects, weather side-effects, God knows what. It affects the whole planet and here you have a unilateral, non-democratic decision, unconnected with the political or democratic process, to launch a huge technological special project that affects everyone on earth. If that?s not controversial, I don?t know what is. The solution is to keep it secret. It?s the usual kneejerk solution, too. Will it work?

I don?t know. Is this also connected with weather wars?

[pause]Yes, there are weather wars. The Air Force will own the weather within two years. What else can you tell us?

Read The Report from Iron Mountain. Much of that is true. I was working with a group down in [ ______ ]. They called us in and passed out a report. The weird thing is that it wasn?t even connected with what we were working on, and it came just right out of the blue, out of nowhere, and none of us were expecting it. The guy said, and I?ll never forget it because it struck me as just wrong: ?There are the wolves and there are the sheep, and we are the wolves.??? Then they told us to go and read the report, and that was that.There wasn?t any choice, and there still isn?t. The way they see it is there are too many people, and, you know, they're right. That's true. So they figure they need to eliminate them and they're planning solutions to this. I happen to think it doesn?t have to be that way. Apart from what I?ve mentioned so far about the spacetime problems, the problem is overpopulation. It?s as simple as that. There are programs to reduce global population for everyone?s benefit. Believe it or not, the intent there is positive. It was put together by Kennedy way back then. The RAND Corporation was involved, and one of the Rockefellers, I forget which one, probably Laurance, I think. By killing people off?

Basically, yes. Artificial viruses that have been deployed using a number of means and are hard to detect or identify and nearly impossible to cure. Medical people in the public domain can't identify what's happening. How do you feel about this personally?

Very mixed. [pause]As an individual flesh-and-blood human being, I?m appalled. And as a scientist trained to look at things from a high vantage point, a high overview, I have to say that I can understand the thinking.You have to understand that I?m not defending or condoning this. It?s just a comment from an abstract scientific perspective. But the problems we face on this planet are so huge that very few people have the training or experience to view it all, to see it all in the same field of vision.My situation was different, and I got a chance to see a lot of things because of the nature of my work. Most people don?t see it all. But I've worked with many agencies, and I have the big picture.Do you know that it?s legal to test biological and chemical agents against US citizens? It?s legal. You know, all that has to be done is to get the approval of the mayor of the city, or his equivalent in any area. Or some representative official. No-one knows this, but it can be checked out. Go look it up. It?s all carefully hidden away in the law somewhere, but it?s all in the public domain. It's all there. You?ve revealed a whole lot of extraordinary material here in our conversation. What?s the most important message you?d like to leave people with?

Look, I don?t want to shock anyone, but I?m not optimistic. The problems facing us as a race on this planet are huge. I don't believe most civilians are ready and able to comprehend and deal with the sheer scale and complexity of it all. They have enough trouble managing their everyday lives, and these problems are on a completely different level. Overpopulation is really the biggest issue. Everything else facing us is connected with this.You see, I can understand the military taking matters into their own hands. If there was full disclosure of all the problems, and all the proposed solutions, do you really think it would help any of us? I suggest the answer is probably not. It would just complicate matters further.But deep down I do feel that everyone should know these things, or else I would not be talking with you. The essential message I want to leave with is that I do actually hope and want to believe that we as a people can handle all this, but sometimes I wake up in the morning and doubt it, but deep down I want people to know the important things that have been kept from us all.

But sometimes I do wonder. You don?t know what I haven't told you. _____________________________

On 27 September, three weeks after the initial meetings, and after we had strongly urged him to view the three part Dan Burisch video interview on the Project Camelot website, we received the following e-mail. It is quoted verbatim and in its entirety.

Dan Burisch is telling the whole truth.I confirm this.timelines and allbest wishes >6 October 2006

BEYOND E=mc²

A first glimpse of a postmodern physics, in which mass,
inertia and gravity arise from underlying electromagnetic processes

Bernard Haisch, Alfonso Rueda & H.E. Puthoff

published in THE SCIENCES, Vol. 34, No. 6, November / December 1994, pp. 26-31
copyright 1994, New York Academy of Sciences (posted with permission)

The most famous of all equations must surely be E=mc². In popular culture that relation between energy and mass is virtually synonymous with relativity, and Einstein, its originator, has become a symbol of modern physics. The usual interpretation of the equation is that one kind of fundamental physical thing, mass (m in the equation), can be converted into a quite different kind of fundamental physical thing, energy (E in the equation), and vice versa; the two quantities are inextricably intertwined, related by the factor c², the square of the velocity of light. The energy of the sun, for instance, comes from nuclear fusion, in which the nuclei of hydrogen atoms fuse together to become the nuclei of helium atoms. In the prevailing view, mass is lost in the fusion reaction, and as one popular astronomy textbook puts it, "The small fraction of mass that disappears in the process is converted into energy according to the formula E=mc²."

Recent work by us and others now appears to offer a radically different insight into the relation E=mc², as well as into the very idea of mass itself. To put it simply, the concept of mass may be neither fundamental nor necessary in physics. In the view we will present, Einstein's formula is even more significant than physicists have realized. It is actually a statement about how much energy is required to give the appearance of a certain amount of mass, rather than about the conversion of one fundamental thing, energy, into another fundamental thing, mass.

Indeed, if that view is correct, there is no such thing as mass-only electric charge and energy, which together create the illusion of mass. The physical universe is made up of massless electric charges immersed in a vast, energetic, all-pervasive electromagnetic field. It is the interaction of those charges and the electromagnetic field that creates the appearance of mass. In other words, the magazine you now hold in your hands is massless; properly understood, it is physically nothing more than a collection of electric charges embedded in a universal energetic electromagnetic field and acted on by the field in such a way as to make you think the magazine has the property of mass. Its apparent weight and solidity arise from the interactions of charges and field.

Besides recasting the prevailing view of mass, this idea would address one of the most profound problems of physics, the riddle of how gravity can be unified with the other three fundamental forces of nature. The electromagnetic force and the weak force, which is responsible for nuclear decay, have been shown to be two manifestations of a single force, appropriately called the electroweak force. There are tantalizing hints that the strong force, which binds nuclei together, will someday be unified with the electroweak force. But until now gravity has resisted all attempts at unification. If the new view is correct, however, gravity would not need to be separately unified. Just as mass would arise from the electromagnetic force, so would gravity.

What is mass? Two key properties define the concept of the mass of a given amount of matter, namely, its inertia and the gravitation to which the matter gives rise. Inertia was defined by Galileo as the property of matter that keeps an object in uniform motion once given an impetus, until the object is acted upon by some further impetus. Galileo's idea was generalized and quantified by Newton in his Principia. The tendency of an object to remain in uniform motion, and the tendency of the motion to change when impetus is applied, Newton expressed in one compact equation. The equation states that the acceleration a, or change of velocity, is proportional to the force F applied, where the constant of proportionality is the inertial mass m of the object in question: thus, F=ma.

In other words, inertial mass is the resistance an object offers to being accelerated when it is subjected to a force. In Newton's equation of motion, when the application of a force ceases, the acceleration goes to zero, and the object remains in uniform motion. Objects are assumed to resist acceleration, because that resistance is an innate property of matter.

But try as he might, Newton could not explain the origin of inertia. Imagine, he suggested, that the universe is empty except for a bucket partly filled with water. Furthermore, imagine the shape of the surface of the water: Is it flat? Then the water must be at rest. Is it curved, shaped in cross section like a parabolic reflector? Then the water must be rotating. But rotating with respect to what? That was the profound dilemma that Newton identified. If the universe were truly empty, as his thought experiment required, there would be no background against which the rotation could be measured. But because the shape of the water surface signals whether a rotation is taking place, Newton concluded that there is a fundamental spatial frame of reference, an "absolute space."

Some 200 years later the nineteenth-century Austrian physicist and philosopher Ernst Mach took a contrary view. To Mach, Newton's thought experiment demonstrated the absurdity of the idea of absolute space. The shape of the water in a rotating bucket, Mach held, was conferred, somehow, through the presence of all the other matter in the universe. Thus Mach agreed with Newton that the property of inertia creates the need for a reference frame; he simply disagreed that such a reference frame could exist as a distinct, absolute entity. Distant matter, however, could define the reference frame. Unfortunately, his conjecture, which has come to be known as Mach's principle, remains more of a philosophical statement than a testable scientific proposition.

In the early twentieth century a number of investigators, including Max Abraham, Hendrik Antoon Lorentz and Henri Poincare, suggested that inertial mass might arise from an effect called electrostatic self-energy. Any charged particle-the electron, for instance-possesses a certain quantity of electric charge. The charge is the source of an electric field, which carries energy-the electrostatic self-energy. It was proposed that the electrostatic self-energy might correspond to the inertial mass of the charged particle, through the equation E=mc². But the theoretical mass of the electrostatic electron derived from the equation is many orders of magnitude larger than the actual observed mass of the electron, and the self-repulsion of the electrostatic forces would quickly disperse the electrostatic electron. Hence the theory fails.

Our work suggests inertia is a property arising out of the vast, all-pervasive electromagnetic field we mentioned earlier, which is called the zero-point field (ZPF). The name comes from the fact that the field is held to exist in a vacuum-what is commonly thought of as "empty" space-even at the temperature of absolute zero, at which all thermal radiation is absent. The background energy of the vacuum serves as the reference, or zero point, for all processes. To understand how the ZPF might give rise to inertia, one must understand something about the nature of the field itself.

Theoretical considerations indicate that the ZPF should be a background sea of electromagnetic radiation that is both uniform and isotropic (the same in all directions). The reader may already be familiar with a somewhat similar concept: the remnant radiation from the big bang. According to big bang cosmology, the universe began with a titanic explosion, which gave rise to hot, energetic radiation distributed throughout the infant universe. As the universe expanded and cooled, the radiation became much less energetic, but it still pervades space as a faint and nearly isotropic background of microwave radiation.

Like the cosmic microwave background, the ZPF is a sea of radiation that fills the entire universe. There is a major difference, however. The cosmic microwave background has a rather feeble spectrum identical with the spectrum of an object in thermal equilibrium at a temperature of only 2.76 degrees Celsius above absolute zero. In contrast, the ZPF is a highly energetic emission whose predicted radiation spectrum departs radically from the spectrum of an object in thermal equilibrium. Instead of trailing off at high frequencies, the energy of the ZPF continues to rise sharply with the frequency of the radiation. Quantitatively, the energy density is proportional to the cube of the frequency; double the frequency, and the energy increases by a factor of eight. At what frequency the ZPF spectrum finally cuts off or loses its ability to interact with matter are important and still unresolved issues.

A more profound difference between the cosmic microwave background and the ZPF is a result of the origin of the two emissions. When you switch on a lightbulb, the source of the light emission is clear; it is the heat produced by an electric current in the filament. The source of the cosmic microwave background can also be traced to known physical phenomena, namely, the heat radiation associated with the big bang, as modified by the later expansion and cooling of the universe. The origin of the ZPF is more esoteric. In fact, two distinct views about it exist today.

The conventional view traces the ZPF to the laws of quantum mechanics, the theory forged early in the present century to describe the atom. Any electromagnetic field is characterized by the frequency, polarization and direction of propagation of its radiation. A set of values for those three quantities defines a single so-called mode of the field. Every possible mode can be populated by an arbitrary number of photons, the fundamental quanta of electromagnetic radiation. But according to the probabilities calculated in quantum mechanics, even at its minimum energy, each mode will contain one photon half the time and no photons the other half the time. In a field of zero energy each mode would, with certainty, contain no photons, but that is impossible because of the equal probability that each mode also contains one photon. Thus every mode acts, on average, as if it were populated with at least one-half photon (in addition to whatever other natural or man-made radiation happens to be present).

All such modes add up quickly. Since the energy density of the ZPF increases as the cube of the frequency, the amount of energy making up the ZPF is enormous. That energy, in the conventional view, is simply forced into existence by the laws of quantum mechanics. Not surprisingly, it is regarded in quantum fashion as sometimes real and sometimes virtual, depending on the problem at hand.

The competing theory for the origin of the ZPF comes from what has heretofore been an obscure discipline within physics known as stochastic electrodynamics, a modern version of much earlier twentieth-century investigations by Einstein, Max Planck, Walther Nernst, Ludwig Hopf and Otto Stern. Stochastic electrodynamics postulates that the ZPF is as real as any other radiation field. In such a view the existence of a real ZPF is as fundamental as the existence of the universe itself. The only difference between stochastic electrodynamics and ordinary classical physics is the single assumption of the presence of this all-pervasive, real ZPF, which happens to be an intrinsic part of the universe.

One justification for making such an assumption is that by adding the ZPF to classical physics many quantum phenomena can be derived without invoking the usual laws or logic of quantum mechanics. It is premature to claim that all quantum phenomena could be explained by stochastic electrodynamics (that is, classical physics plus the ZPF), but that claim may one day turn out to be the case. In that event, one would have to make a choice. One could accept the laws of classical physics as only partly true, with a wholly different set of quantum laws required to complete the laws of physics; that is essentially what is done in physics now. Or one could accept the laws of classical physics as the only necessary laws, provided they are supplemented by the presence of the ZPF.

Whether the ZPF arises from quantum laws or is simply an intrinsic part of the universe, an important question remains: Why do people not sense the presence of the radiation if indeed it is made up of real electromagnetic waves spanning the spectrum of radio waves, light and X rays? The idea that space could be filled with a vast sea of energy does seem to contradict everyday experience. The answer to the question lies in the utter uniformity and isotropy of the field. There is no way to sense something that is absolutely the same everywhere, outside and inside everything. To put the matter in everyday terms, if you lie perfectly still in a tub of water at body temperature, you cannot feel the heat of the water.

Motion through a medium almost always gives rise to asymmetries, which then makes it possible to detect the medium. But in the case of the ZPF, motion through space at a constant velocity does not make the field detectable, because the field has the property of being "Lorentz invariant." (Lorentz invariance is a critical difference between the modern ZPF and nineteenth-century concepts of an ether.) The field becomes detectable only when a body is accelerated through space. In the mid-1970s the physicists Paul C. W. Davies, now at the University of Adelaide in Australia, and William G. Unruh, now at the University of British Columbia, showed that as a moving observer accelerates through the ZPF, the ZPF spectrum becomes distorted, and the distortion increases with increasing acceleration. Can the distortion be seen? Yes indeed, but not with one's eyes, because the energies involved are minute.

Although the distortion is small, it is extremely important: our analysis shows that it is the origin of inertia. In an article published last February in Physical Review A, we showed that when an electromagnetically interacting particle is accelerated through the ZPF, a force is exerted on the charge; the force is directly proportional to the acceleration but acts in the direction opposite to it. In other words, the charge experiences an electromagnetic force as resistance to acceleration. We interpret the resistance associated with the charge as the very inertia Newton regarded as an innate property of matter. Note that we do not say, "associated with the mass of the particle." In our formulation, the m in Newton's second law of motion, F=ma, becomes nothing more than a coupling constant between acceleration and an external electromagnetic force. Thus what we are proposing is that Newton's second law can be derived from the laws of electrodynamics, provided one assumes an underlying zero-point field.

Our work suggests that the conventional Newtonian idea of mass must be boldly reinterpreted. If we are correct, physical theory need no longer suppose that there is something called mass having an innate property, inertia, that resists acceleration; what is really happening, instead, is that an electromagnetic force acts on the charge inside matter to create the effect of inertia. Indeed, it appears that the more parsimonious interpretation is not even that there is charge lurking "inside matter," but that there is only charge. The presence of charge and its interaction with the ZPF creates the forces we all experience and attribute to the existence of matter. Our interpretation would apply even to an electrically neutral particle such as the neutron, because the neutron, at the most fundamental level, is thought to be made up of smaller particles called quarks, which do carry electric charge.

We have had little to say so far about the second key property for the concept of mass, the gravitation to which matter gives rise. But experimental evidence shows that an object's inertial mass, or its resistance to acceleration, is equivalent to the object's gravitational mass, or its mass in a gravitational field. Einstein's general theory of relativity is based on the assumption that inertial and gravitational mass are equivalent and indistinguishable-the so-called principle of equivalence. Hence it stands to reason that if the ZPF gives rise to the phenomenon of inertia, it must also in some way generate the effect of gravity. This audacious idea was proposed as early as 1968 by the Russian physicist and dissident Andrei D. Sakharov, but he never fully developed the concept into a scientific theory.

In 1989 the idea was taken up by one of us (Puthoff) and formulated within the framework of stochastic electrodynamics into a preliminary but quantifiable, nonrelativistic representation of Newtonian gravitation. The underlying principle is remarkably intuitive. If a charged particle is subjected to ZPF interactions, it will be forced to fluctuate in response to the random jostlings of the electromagnetic waves of the ZPF. Moreover, since the ZPF is all-pervasive, charged particles everywhere in the universe will be forced to fluctuate. Now a basic result from classical electrodynamics is that a fluctuating electric charge emits an electromagnetic radiation field. The result is that all charges in the universe will emit secondary electromagnetic fields in response to their interactions with the primary field, the ZPF.

The secondary electromagnetic fields turn out to have a remarkable property. Between any two particles they give rise to an attractive force. The force is much weaker than the ordinary attractive or repulsive forces between two stationary electric charges, and it is always attractive, whether the charges are positive or negative. The result is that the secondary fields give rise to an attractive force we propose may be identified with gravity.

It is important to note that the fluctuations are relativistic — that is, the charges move at velocities at or close to the speed of light. The energy associated with the fluctuations — which for historical reasons is given the German name zitterbewegung, or trembling movement — is interpreted as the energy equivalent of gravitational rest mass. Since the gravitational force is caused by the trembling motion, there is no need to speak any longer of a gravitational mass as the source of gravitation. The source of gravitation is the driven motion of a charge, not the attractive power of the thing physicists are used to thinking of as mass. To interpret Einstein's equation E=mc², we would say that mass is not equivalent to energy. Mass is energy.

Naturally there are a host of objections that have been or can be raised to our radical interpretation of mass. One important objection is that for gravity our model so far is nonrelativistic, whereas the zitterbewegung motions are relativistic. Another possible objection is that we treat the ZPF as real, not virtual, as conventional quantum theory does-even though real, measurable forces can be attributed to it. One such force is the so-called Casimir force between two parallel plates.

It is also claimed that if the ZPF really exists, it would be such an enormous source of gravitational force that the radius of curvature of the universe would be several orders of magnitude smaller than the nucleus of an atom. Of course, such a conclusion directly conflicts with everyday experience. The fallacy in the argument is that in the Sakharov-Puthoff model the ZPF as a whole would not itself gravitate. The gravitational force results from perturbations of the ZPF in the presence of matter. In the Sakharov-Puthoff model, then, the uniform ZPF is not a gravitational source and hence would not contribute to curving the universe.

A third large question also remains to be answered. How can our theory of Newtonian-like gravity be reconciled with twentieth-century measurements of effects predicted only from general relativity? How, for example, can our theory account for the gravitational deflection of light, the measurement of which in 1919 served as the first proof of general relativity? On that point we can only conjecture. Sakharov suggested accounting for the effects of general relativity by introducing the concept of an "elasticity of space," analogous to the well-known curvature of space-time. The answer could also lie in the proper treatment of the so-called Dirac sea of particle-antiparticle pairs. The question of general relativistic effects, however, is a valid concern that legitimately challenges the interrelated ZPF concepts of gravity and inertia.

Serious as the objection appears to be, we propose that it is prudent to suspend judgment. A great deal of work lies ahead to test and refine our concepts. We and others will continue to study the problem, and in due course the theoretical foundations of those proposals will either be verified or be shown to contain some irreparable flaw. As controversial as the ideas and their implications might be, however, we are encouraged that we are on the right track because of a second analysis now being carried out by one of us (Rueda). In the new analysis it appears that you obtain the same electromagnetic relation between force and acceleration as you get in the original analysis, yet the approach is entirely different. We also submit that a theory that offers new insights with elegance and simplicity is a compelling approach to reality, and we suggest that our view of inertial and gravitational mass has a certain elegance and simplicity.

If our ideas prove to be correct, they will point to revisions in the understanding of physics at the most fundamental level. Even if our approach based on stochastic electrodynamics turns out to be flawed, the idea that the vacuum is involved in the creation of inertia is bound to stay. Perhaps even bolder than the concepts themselves are their implications. If inertia and gravity are like other manifestations of electromagnetic phenomena, it might someday be possible to manipulate them by advanced engineering techniques. That possibility, however remote, makes a compelling case for pressing on with the work.

Bernard Haisch is a staff scientist at the Lockheed Martin Solar and Astrophysics Laboratory in California and a regular visiting fellow at the Max-Planck-Institut fuer extraterrestrische Physik in Garching, Germany.

Alfonso Rueda is a professor of electrical engineering at California State University in Long Beach.

H. E. Puthoff is director of the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin, Texas.

by Dr Steven Greer M.D.

November 5, 1998

As I have come to understand this cosmos, the basis of all existence - every atom, every star, every molecule and every person - is a non-local essence which is present at every point in time and space and yet is bound by no point in space or time or matter. This essence is awake, intelligent and knowing. It is conscious. It is mind. It is the awakeness of awareness, the undifferentiated pure intelligence and mind of the universe. It is present in every blade of grass and pervades the vacuum of space and the farthest reaches of the universe - and yet it cannot be divided or localized to one point in space or time or matter. That is, it is a unitive state, present always, but indivisible, and its effect is to create a oneness without the possibility of division. Its effect also, once recognized, is to make everything non-local, that is every point in space and time is a window, an entry point to every other point in space and time. The permeating, integrating aspect of this intelligent essence is such that all that exists is always connected and actually accessible through this non-local, integrated aspect of existence.

ETs Interacting With Us
by Dr Steven Greer M.D.

November 5, 1998

As I have come to understand this cosmos, the basis of all existence - every atom, every star, every molecule and every person - is a non-local essence which is present at every point in time and space and yet is bound by no point in space or time or matter. This essence is awake, intelligent and knowing. It is conscious. It is mind. It is the awakeness of awareness, the undifferentiated pure intelligence and mind of the universe. It is present in every blade of grass and pervades the vacuum of space and the farthest reaches of the universe - and yet it cannot be divided or localized to one point in space or time or matter. That is, it is a unitive state, present always, but indivisible, and its effect is to create a oneness without the possibility of division. Its effect also, once recognized, is to make everything non-local, that is every point in space and time is a window, an entry point to every other point in space and time. The permeating, integrating aspect of this intelligent essence is such that all that exists is always connected and actually accessible through this non-local, integrated aspect of existence.

The structure of existence is that this non-local, conscious and intelligent component of existence is unchangeable and is unaffected by relativity or changes in space, time , matter and so forth. And yet paradoxically it is very present in every grain of sand and every galaxy - only in a form which is always one, indivisible and whole.

Through its organizing and integrating aspects, non-locality exists at the very local level, whether one considers the microscopic or macroscopic level of existence. That is, the cosmos is integrated in such a fashion that there is absolute integration at every level - and so the mystics were right when they said that one could behold the cosmos in a drop of water.

From this Pre-existent, Absolute field of intelligence and consciousness emerges all else. Again, paradoxically, the unified field of consciousness and intelligence, while indivisible, is present at every level, no matter how small or large. The Absolute remains the Absolute - and yet it is present in every quark - but not bound or limited or divided by the quark.

For this wonderful Nothingness (which is the fullness of absolute awareness) to give rise to the expressed cosmos, with all of its stars and galaxies and atoms and peoples, a creative process exists which is at once simple and elegantly complex. That is, from the plane of the Absolute - that pervasive, ever-present and indivisible state- creation comes forth and is maintained by what has been termed the Creator aspect of God. The critical elements of this process are will, the sound component of thought, then the visual component of thought and then the structural aspect of the astral world and then the matrix of the material world, expanding and encompassing the entirety of the universe.

The Creator aspect of the Absolute, through the operation of His Will, creates the cosmos from very subtle to very material as follows:

* The sound component of pure idea-forms/thought give rise to the aspect (you may think dimension if you must) of the universal which is the sound quality of the idea/thought for each and every created thing - whether an ant or a galaxy. Evolution and change occurs around and through the blue-print of this initial idea form of creation. The entirety of the cosmos exists as and through this sound component of thought. The essence of non-local, omnipresent mind/intelligence is present at this and every stage which follows. In some traditions, this idea/sound component or form of the entire universe and everything within it is called the causal or causative world'. In Biblical and other traditions I believe this is what is meant by the Word of God, In the beginning there was the Word...'.

* The sound/idea component of thought then gives rise to a less abstract but still very fine and subtle aspect which some have called îastral' but which I prefer to regard as the conscious-intelligent visual (CIV). This aspect, which has within it the blueprint causal or idea/thought/ sound of the causal world, is more defined and is îseen' or visible as expressed thought-related forms. It is vast and beautiful and many lucid dreams involve interactions with that realm or aspect. The military man who had the out of body experience had an astral or CIV body interaction with an ET craft, which was phase shifted primarily into this energy form or aspect (more on this later).

* Absolute, undifferentiated Mind, together with the causal idea/sound/thought form and the CIV or astral form create a matrix which supports or gives rise to the so-called material universe. The blue-print, if you will, of ideas/thought/sound and subtle CIV form actually supports and helps create the more gross or expressed material universe. But the material universe has within it the unitive, indivisible Absolute mind, as well as the causal and CIV aspects. Indeed, each and every aspect of the expressed material universe which science can study and measure with current instruments has associated with it all of these finer aspects or spectra of energy. It is incorrect to regard, therefore, these aspects as purely distant îother dimensions' since the warp and woof of the material cosmos is conscious, thought form based and has an astral or CIV matrix within it (or associated with it).

This rather brief and simple overview admittedly leaves out a number of details, best left to another treatment. However, it should be noted that at each level described above there are many gradations and expressions of detail. That is, the causal and CIV aspects have within them a multitude of differentiations, expressions and laws of function much like the material cosmos has fine sub-atomic particles and vast swirling galaxies and clusters of galaxies. Indeed, the details and laws affecting these vast realms dwarf those of the material cosmos and it is too obtuse a matter to elucidate in this paper.

The human being ( and this would include other non-homosapien higher intelligent life forms, ie ET s) has every aspect (or dimension) folded within him. Human consciousness, or spirit, is always connected, however unknowingly by the individual, to the Absolute conscious being. In fact, as mentioned earlier, consciousness or pure mind in its essential aspect is simply that whereby we are awake - or that whereby we are. It is a unitive state and is not divisible. It is always essentially one with the Absolute, but we are trained to see only multiplicity and separation. Thus individuation overwhelms the unitive state - and we think we are separate. It is a perceptual defect which the practices of all religions, in the form of rituals, prayer and meditation, attempt to correct.

An ancient Sufi tradition attributed to Ali states "Thinkest thyself a puny form when within thee the universe is folded?" This rhetorical question serves as a reminder of the holographic nature of mind and the human being's potential place in the universe: Through the experience of the non-local, omnipresent aspect of mind or consciousness, every aspect of the universe can be directly accessed and experienced. This is because the non-local aspect of consciousness is essential to awareness itself. It is always there' and need only be experienced.

This aspect or nature of mind is why people occasionally have spontaneous experiences of non-locality: They will have a dream and the next day, or the next year, the events perceived in the dream will unfold precisely as seen. How can this happen?

The nature of mind is that it is unitive, indivisible and present at every point in time and space - but bound or limited by no aspect of space or time. This means that both distant points in space and time can be accessed through this faculty. Human history is filled with such accounts, and while they are generally dismissed as curiosities by modern day science, in fact they hold the key to understanding the next great leap in scientific exploration: The study of consciousness and non-local reality.

In the lucid dream, the individual experiences increasing non-locality as the so-called astral or CIV aspect of the person awakens or perceives a distant point in space and/or time. This is less mysterious once we understand that mind or consciousness is always existing in its basic nature as a unitive state which transcends the limits of both time and space. Through it, any point in space and time can be accessed, at first one at a time. This should not be confused with the prerogatives and powers of God however. God , the Absolute universal mind, knows all things at all times and at all places, all at once, all of the time. But the individual person, through the faculties described above and by the very nature of the unitive state of mind which is essential to his basic awareness, can experience precognition, inspiration, intuition, remote viewing and the like.

Dr. Robert Jahn at Princeton University has studied another aspect of this non-locality of consciousness as it pertains to mechanical systems. The reader should study the results of these experiments which demonstrate that mind and thought, directed for example at a random number generator, can affect the outcome of the device. This can be accomplished because there is a nexus or link between awareness and matter: the warp and woof of matter is woven in with consciousness and in fact is simply mind-stuff expressed at a different frequency. Thus, an individual can affect his body, another person's health through prayer and visualization or even mechanical systems via thought and consciousness.

Dr. Larry Dossey and others have collected many interesting scientific studies which demonstrate this non-local nature of mind or of reality. The reader should study these for a fuller understanding. History is filled with accounts of such enigmas: the person in prayer who spontaneously levitates, the adept who can materialize or dematerialize objects or teleport objects across the room etc. While easy to dismiss as anecdotal or superstitious tales, the history of humanity as well as recent scientific experiments clearly establish that consciousness is non-local, can operate outside of time and space as we define it and can clearly affect distant inanimate objects or machines.

This is easily understood once the basic cosmology is appreciated: Consciousness is never divided, is present everywhere, is never limited by space or time and yet paradoxically is present at every point in space and time - in every atom and throughout every galaxy. Thus, the interface between consciousness and matter is essential, not contrived or difficult. Actuating events, then, becomes a matter of working in this nexus.

In previous papers I have discussed some of the unusual technological manifestations of ET s in recent times. Many of these aspects of ET activity get left out of reports or get suppressed even by main stream UFO organizations and researchers because they are so far out of the box' of conventional scientific norms. But it is precisely these unusual manifestations of ET technology which should interest us the most: They are the ones which will open the door to new understandings of the universe which make our current scientific knowledge look like kindergarten musings.

Back to the main problem: How are ET craft and personnel traversing the vastness of interstellar space and time? Well, it turns out that the rigidity of that vastness of space becomes quite flexible and can be largely bypassed once you frequency shift to the other side of the light barrier. In one quantum movement, the ET craft and all its occupants phase shift to a finer aspect of the cosmology outlined above, and exist then in an aspect or dimension which is more non-local than the material universe known to modern science. That is, the observed phenomenon of these objects which often seem to disappear and then reappear instantly at a considerable distance is due to the fact that they can phase shift in and out of the fixed time/space material aspect to one which is inherently more non-local. (Yes, non-locality is relatively relative.)

From what I have observed, this is done through very high energy physics and electronics which literally phase shift, in one quantum leap, the material ET craft and all its occupants into an aspect of the cosmology which closely approximates what was described above as astral or CIV. This is done through a complex interaction between powerful rotating electromagnetic fields and the gravitational field and mass inertia. When the craft is on this side of the crossing point of light, it is seen like any other material, manufactured object, but it can maneuver in ways which appear to negate mass inertia and gravity. Once it phase shifts onto the other side of the crossing point of light/matter, it seems to disappear. But it has not. It is in that place beyond our SETI Beta radio wave survey - the place where our military contact bumped into them in his astral body!

While in that form or energy spectrum (or dimension) the craft can hover, or move within the material universe at many, many multiples of the speed of light. The velocity is non-relativistic, at least as measured on this side of the light barrier. However, 1000 light years will not be traversed instantly because there is an element of îdrag' as it moves in this aspect through the material cosmos. Put another way, there is a component of the object which adheres to the underbelly of the material cosmos and there is a coefficient of cosmic drag which prevents the transport from being instantaneous across vast interstellar distances. Operating, then, in a sort of îjunction' between aspects (or dimensions) the ET craft can phase between either. Actually, it can also be partially in both.

The spacecraft then can be hovering outside the SETI Institute - and remain undetected by them unless it pops into the material aspect fully and then only if the people in the building bother to look outside, see the device- and honestly report it.

Similarly, ET communications systems are ones which interface with mind, thought and computerized telemetry. For decades, people have reported having what has been dismissed as telepathic experiences with UFOs. As soon as such accounts are admitted to, the scientific community howls and tosses out the entire case. Alas, they have tossed out the baby and the bath water. As Dr. Jahn and Dr. Dossey and others have demonstrated, mind and thought can interface with and affect material - even technological - systems. What is obvious from 35 years of experience with this phenomenon is that ET communication protocols are not using AT&T microwave systems to communicate in real time through interstellar distances. This cannot be done. They are using computerized systems which are advanced enough to interact directly with thought and consciousness, and by so doing access non-local spectra of energy, thus bypassing linear time and space.

Literally thousands of people have had interactions with these objects which have a thought/matter or telepathic component to them. I feel that we dismiss such accounts at our peril, as we may be slamming the door on the next great science: the science of consciousness and its interface with material and technological systems.

Do not confuse these systems with current human experiments with brain wave activity and links to computers: those are still using electromagnetic energy which only travels at the speed of light. The ET systems referred to here operate on the other side of the crossing point of light and, while technologically facilitated, interface with thought and mind directly. Through such a system, information can be instantly transmitted through millions of light years of space since the non-local aspect of mind, thought and energy are being utilized. The communication systems do not have real time delays due to the coefficient of cosmic drag mentioned above.

Essentially, there are spectra of energy which are sub-electromagnetic and sub-material - but which are nevertheless very real and very physical. The use of the term meta-physical in relation to this area is very incorrect and time-restricted: A hologram or a flashlight would be metaphysical or supernatural to a human 500 years ago! This is a key point, that the energy and spectra of energy referred to here are naturally occurring aspects of the creation. They are all around us and within us. It is not other'. It is not supernatural. It is not metaphysical. It has simply not be studied and understood adequately by modern science - and it has been by advanced ET civilizations which are interstellar competent.

There are numerous accounts, dating back for decades, of very ordinary humans seeing one of these ET craft and directly interacting with it by thought alone. That is, the person may think îOh, I wish it would move to the right' and the craft will move to the right, or as it starts to leave he may think, îI wish it would turn around and come back' whereupon it immediately stops, turns and comes over. A few such accounts may be dismissed as coincidence. But there are so many of them that empirically one must reach the assessment that these objects have telemetry capabilities which can interface with directed thought.

As I have written elsewhere, this class of ET technologies may be viewed generally as consciousness assisted technologies (CAT) and technology assisted consciousness (TAC). That is, their technologies utilize that nexus referred to above where mind/conscious thought interface technologically and reproducibly with matter, machine, communication devices etc. CAT is when the individual (or group) consciousness and thought assists or interfaces with a receptive device. TAC is when a device augments, projects or assists an individual or group's consciousness or thought.

For example, CSETI has located a former Bell Labs/Lucent Technologies scientist who, more than 35 years ago, while working on a covert research project, was given an ET communication device by a general. This scientist was asked to study and reverse engineer the device - that is, take it apart and figure out how it worked. Here is his story.

Upon receiving the device, which was a round object about the size of a grapefruit, dark and textured on the surface, it began to speak' to him directly in his awareness with thought. He was startled by this - especially when the device mentally told him that the people who had asked him to study the object had malice in their hearts and that the scientist should destroy the device!

After struggling with what to do about this conundrum, the scientist accidentally' over-heated the device in an experiment and it was destroyed ( at least materially). But after it was destroyed, he heard one last thought which said îThank you...'.

I know that this sounds very strange. But the strangest things are true, and this account is one of those very strange but true accounts. We may wish to run at light speed away from such information - and go back to our radio signals. But the future is here and if we do not meet it wisely others -like the general who originally provided the device - will hijack the future to places where we do not want to go.

Dr. Haines

Over the past 8 years, CSETI has gone all over the world pursuing this phenomenon and observing its manifestations. Others are better at photography, landing traces and the like. There are dozens of day light photographs of these devices. There is radar evidence. There are over 4000 landing traces documented by Ted Phillips. Dr. Richard Haines has hundreds of pilot accounts of these objects.

Our purpose has been to interact with these ET s on their level. To consider what their reality is and to go there. It is an experiment and an experience. It has been mind-blowing for all concerned.

Over these 8 years we have had experiences and seen phenomena which involve every aspect of what has been described qualitatively in this paper. A brief listing of this phenomena follows:

RV X 2. (See CSETI training materials) Our experiment, the CE-5 Initiative, involves numerous protocols, some obvious and practical, some very experimental and immensely controversial. One of the controversial protocols involves group access to non-local consciousness followed by remotely viewing (through consciousness) ET craft or persons which may be at a great distance or which may be nearby and phase - shifted beyond the visible spectrum of human sight. Once an object or person is îlocked on' and viewed, the process is reversed and the object or person is directed to the CSETI research site via CIV / visual thought component vectoring. That is, the ET object/person is shown clearly our coordinates and location via the CIV component discussed earlier. The CSETI research experiment in this protocol attempts to RV (remote view via consciousness) the ET object, connect to its CAT telemetry system and vector or guide the object to our exact location. Essentially, we are doing in a dynamic, applied setting what Dr. Jahn is doing at the Princeton PEAR lab experimentally: Connecting clearly directed conscious- visual thought to ET communications devices and attempt to do so with adequate precision so that they see us and we see them, and a trajectory is established for contact.

I am quite aware how ridiculous this may seem to some. But this is an experiment which not infrequently results in a object popping in over head - or more. While using lights, lasers and radio signals to vector and confirm contact, the core of the protocol does involve CAT (and often in response from the ET s TAC- see below).

Key to RV X 2 are the following components:

1. Human access to the non-local component of consciousness

2. Remote viewing of ET objects or persons with accuracy

3. Connecting to ET CAT communication systems while in the CIV mode of awareness

4. Clearly vectoring (guiding) the ET object into the research site area through sequential and coherent visual thought which shows the site from deep space down to the specific details of the site.

5. RV'ing the response if any from the ET s prior to appearance (interactive RV mode)

The entire protocol is done with the clear intent to establish peaceful contact and relations with these life forms.

During RV X 2 often more than one person will îlock on' to the same object or life form and receive the same information regarding its location and/or time and place of appearance. This information is regarded as unconfirmed unless an actual event seen by the group confirms it.

As a result, during these experiments around the world, we have had the following general types of experiences which demonstrate the technologies referred to earlier:

Sudden appearance of large structured craft (discs, triangles etc) which pop in' and then vanish in seconds and even a fraction of a second, but which is witnessed by multiple people.

Longer term appearance of objects, up to many minutes, which then disappear (phase shift out of visible/material perception)

Intelligent probes consisting of ball shaped objects, of various colors, which come over and even within the group and which are not only intelligently controlled, but are themselves conscious and intelligent (advance AI - artificial intelligence). Usually these are translucent to slightly opaque red , blue , green or golden spheres ranging in size from 6 inches to 1-2 feet. They interact consciously with the individual or group and then vanish. They are most likely demonstrations of TAC where the consciousness and thought (even personality) of an ET on board a craft is technologically assisted and projected in a controlled fashion into the group.

Anomalous beeping or high pitched tones which have an omni-directional component, as if heard from all directions at once. Often these occur after projecting over radio waves the CSETI beeping tones which are routinely transmitted from the site.

Anomalous electromagnetic effects (EM) on equipment, cars etc. Often, equipment will fail with a close approach of an ET craft, as happened in Mexico in 1993 when an 800 foot diameter silent triangle approached the group and all camera and other electronic equipment failed. Other manifestations include setting off radar detectors, laser detectors, car electronics dimming down or browning out, electrostatic energy on peoples' skin or clothing. On multiple occasions my compass has rotated counter-clockwise around the dial as a counter-clockwise rotating craft has approached. During one CIV/Material interface case (see below) the compass changed magnetic north to almost due south (off 160 degrees) and remained that way for nearly 3 months. It now works perfectly fine (until the next very close encounter!)

Fast-walker interactions. Frequently, after RV X2, the group will experience multiple objects which initially appear to be satellites - but which interact with directed thoughts or signals. For example, a high flying object will, as soon as a thought command is given, stop or change directions abruptly. Satellites do not back up, make right hand turns or descend suddenly and get brighter while interacting with people on the ground. These types of events have been witnessed by dozens of people during multiple CSETI research events.

CIV/Material interface phenomena. This is a broad category of phenomena when ET objects are just on the other side of the crossing point of light and matter - and begin to îbleed through' to this aspect or dimension. Frequently the team will observe sudden strobe-like light discharges all around us. These are not retinal firings from the eye since multiple people see them at the same instance. Subsequently, the form of an ET craft or even individual will appear faintly and then will form -as if some type of shimmering electronic hologram. These have appeared within the group itself or within a few feet from the group. During such very close encounters there are often multiple phenomena occurring: RV'ing of objects along with visual perception of scintillating craft or people, AI probes coming into the group and anomalous sounds being experienced. Not infrequently, participants will report being touched by someone, but when they look only a faint shimmering glow is seen. During prolonged events of this type, an unusual time/space dilation or contraction will occur: time seems to stand still - or proceed very quickly and the space around the group becomes more defined. These types of encounters have had durations of over 2 hours or may be very fleeting. In England in 1998, near Alton Barnes, after first seeing a very large circular craft on separate nights which would pop in and disappear in seconds, the group had the same object descend around them in a scintillating , sparkling form complete with discreet areas of ET life forms seen shimmering, spaced between each person in the group! The temperature of the setting raised at least 10-15 degrees Fahrenheit. All participants saw the object and the life forms. None of them were fully îhard' material, but rather remained only partly in this dimension.

In 1997, while in England on a training expedition, my trusted colleague Shari Adamiak and I were upstairs in a room in the manor house which we had leased. The remainder of the team, about 6 people, were out on the manor grounds. Suddenly, I saw a blue white light or object fly through the closed window and into the room. It hovered over by the fireplace and then expanded to become a shimmering ET about 3 feet tall, as if a subtle electronic hologram had appeared. It was conscious and sentient. It was just barely material and visible, but clearly so. This was an AI projection of the consciousness and CIV/astral form of an ET which had been projected into the room. What the other team members saw from outside (they were not initially aware that we were in that room and did not learn of our experience until the following morning) was a blue white object swooping down from the sky and flying into the window of the room where we were located. They all saw this object, but were unaware of the further experiences which Shari and I had with the person. This is another good example of TAC.

Lucid dream state interaction with ET craft and / or persons. Because the ET technological reality allows them to move seamlessly between the CIV dimension and this material one, and since their communications systems prefer CIV transmission modes, frequently individuals (and sometimes more than one individual) will have a detailed interaction during the dream state. Remember that the CIV/astral component and technologies which interface with that energy spectrum allow for easy interface with the dream state since the lucid dream state is the activation of the CIV/astral body or component of an individual. ET s can interface as easily with that aspect as we pick up a phone and call New York. It is my opinion that the most common way in which ET s have interacted with individual humans is in lucid dreams and not material contact (bodily contact). While material contact has occurred, it is risky and unnecessary once these more subtle technologies are mastered and understood. Once it is appreciated that the CIV/astral spectrum is the preferred field through which ET s must pass for interstellar communication and travel - and that it is the same spectrum activated or used in a lucid dream - it is easy to see why so many people report this type of experience. The RV X 2 protocol described above is a conscious activation of expanded awareness and CIV component to deliberately interface with ET technologies and individuals.

ET craft transfer through solid matter. On more than one occasion we have observed solid appearing ET objects or craft (daytime sightings with the sun shining off the metal surface) pass directly into a mountain without crashing. This is accomplished by a frequency shift in the material of the craft so that it can mesh or pass through matter of traditional density without actually affecting either. That is, a frequency phase shift allows one solid object to pass through another without interacting. Remember that most of what we call îsolid matter' is not solid at all - it is mostly space ( or something - hint: see the cosmology outlined above). This phenomenon has been reported for decades and has caused some to dismiss such accounts as ghost-like' or poltergeist. Actually, it is only another expression of ET technologies operating on a more profound or subtle level of existence which can alter the frequency of matter (they can also alter time/space relationships as well through similar means). I should also point out that covert military sources known by me personally have testified to the fact that at least by 1953 human secret projects were materializing and dematerialing objects and transferring them across defined spaces. If we were doing this covertly by 1953, one can only imagine what advance interstellar ET technologies can achieve.

This list could go on much further but what is described above should give the reader a sense of how unusual manifestations of ET technology may be. From the above, it is easy to understand why ET events can be confused with phenomena which originate from the CIV/astral or causal level, that is are not ET but have components of the same manifestations. No wonder the literature is filled with confusing accounts of ET s , angels, ghosts and strange phenomena of all stripes, all lumped in together. Of course, modern man would look like something supernatural to people a few hundred years ago: imagine showing up at a church meeting in Salem Massachusetts in 1692 with a cell phone, a hologram, a satellite TV and a Range Rover. You would be burned at the stake as a witch forthwith!

Still, it is important to keep in mind that the cosmos contains many levels of existence. There are CIV/astral and causal worlds and beings which are not ET. And yet there are ET s which some or much of the time interface with and utilize aspects of the physical cosmos which are in those subtle realms. (See Extraterrestrials and the New Cosmology' by Steven M. Greer M.D.)

It should also be remembered that not all ET s may be so advanced. Given the billions of galaxies each with billions of stars, it is likely that some ETs are the equivalent of human cave men while others may be at our level of evolution and yet others are millions of years more advanced than we are today. For those at the SETI Institute, may you find those ET s which are at our level and which are primarily still using linear radio wave technologies. Odds are, there are some out there.

But know this: ET s far advanced beyond radio signals and internal combustion engines do exist. They are here. They may be all around us. Let us open our minds and our eyes to the extraordinary opportunity that hovers right in front of us. For most of what is exists beyond the veil - through the crossing point of light. And it awaits our exploration.

Charlottesville
Virginia
5th November, 1998
1998 Steven M. Greer M.D.

Expansion of the Montauk Project
By Preston Nichols and Peter Moon

Excerpted from the chapter "Star Wars and Mind-Control Transmissions" in Encounter in the Pleiades, an Inside Look at UFOs.

Mind-control transmissions are another phenomenon that fits in with the subject of implants, although they are of a completely different nature. I will illustrate how these work by relaying a real-life investigation.

In the summer of 1995 I received a telephone call from a woman I will identify as Susan DaRe. She felt that she had been targeted by mind-control transmissions, sickness transmissions and just about everything else. Her story interested me enough that I decided I would visit her and do an electromagnetic study. I was already going to a hamfest (where ham radio gear is bought and sold) in Virginia, and it was not too much out of my way to stop in at her home right across from Fort Meade, a military installation in Maryland. When I arrived, we went out to dinner with her friend Bruce and she began to tell me her life story.

Susan was born in 1951 and was adopted by a German family who had come to America after World War II and had been involved with Adolf Hitler and the Third Reich. Her family owned a lumber business in the Midwest and frequently played host to intelligence personnel such as CIA and NSA staffers. As a young lady, she had some sort of magical initiation. Susan was subsequently implanted and grew up. Today she claims to have tremendous psychic ability.

As an adult, Susan searched for her natural father and found out that he had served extensively in Egypt and was very highly placed in U.S. military intelligence. That was all she could find out except for the fact that he wanted to disavow all connection to her.

After telling her whole story, she told me that she is targeted and that her stepfamily is still connected to the intelligence community (CIA). Susan strongly believes the common theory that the CIA's roots began with the Nazi SS. She said the reason she is being targeted is the lumber business. When her stepfather died, she was to be left half of it and her stepbrother would get the other half of what was valued at about fourteen million dollars. Susan believes the intelligence community, working in concert with her "black magic uncle," wanted to get rid of her so that the natural son would inherit the entire business.

As we drove to her house after dinner, I began the electromagnetic study. I first tuned in to an 1080-MHz signal that I had been studying for a month. I noticed that when I got close to her car, the signal would appear. When she got well ahead of us, the signal would disappear. It was as if the transmitter for that signal was in her car. I knew this was not the case, because I'd been picking up this same signal all across the Northeast and it couldn't possibly have been transmitted from her car. There was no question that the 1080-MHz signal was being directed at Susan.

As soon as we arrived at her house, I began the electromagnetic survey at that location. I immediately found the 1080-MHz signal and also found the 435-MHz signal that routinely emanates from the vicinity of Montauk.* I also found a strong ELF (extra-low-frequency) broadcast that was as low as my equipment can pick up (about 50 to 400 kHz). I videotaped the entire display of different signals.

The Montauk signal at 435 MHz was particularly interesting because whenever I pick it up from Montauk, it is usually broken into pieces. If the pieces were put together, it would make up a signal like the one I was viewing in Maryland. As Susan moved in and out of the house, I noticed subtle changes in the scope pattern for the 435-MHz signal. I had her walk around, and wherever she would position herself, a subtle change would show up on the scope and be noticeable on the receivers as well. Next, I tuned back into the 1080-MHz signal and tried the same thing. I noticed that if she sat still in the car, the 1080-MHz signal faded out. If she moved around, it came back.

Susan then showed me a report by Dr. Peter Moscow. He is the president of the U.S. Psychotronics Association and is an excellent bioelectric magnetic researcher. He is involved with Wilhelm Reich's work and radionics, and I was already familiar with him. His report indicated that she had brain damage and had been exposed to aberrant electromagnetic fields such as ELF and VLF fields. I had definitely picked up the aberrant electromagnetic fields (the 435-MHz and the 1080-MHz signals).

When Susan had an MRI done, there were sections of her brain where the myelin sheathing was disappearing. This is known to be the start of multiple sclerosis. She believes this ailment to be a result of the transmissions broadcast in her direction. I believe this is possible, and I will explain why. First, we will cover what the 435-MHz to 1080-MHz network really is.

These signals start out as a particle transmission very much like what I described in Pyramids of Montauk. The whole idea of a particle accelerator is to continually increase the velocity of a unit of electromagnetic energy (a nitrogen atom is best for interacting with the atmosphere). As the particles accelerate to the speed of light, vast amounts of energy are released.

There are about 24 to 36 of these sites all around the planet. Each one of them shoots up to a series of small satellites that are referred to as popcorn satellites. This is all part of the Strategic Defense Initiative (more commonly known as SDI or Star Wars). These beams bounce around a network of satellites circling the planet. Some of the satellites multiply the beams whereas some of them combine the beams. By controlling the positioning and orientation of the satellites, the military can direct a combined beam anywhere on the planet. They can also defocus it to become essentially a particle wave.

There is a very interesting enigma that I have observed regarding this satellite system. The 1080-MHz transmissions are high enough in frequency that if the antennas being employed to detect them are highly directional, I should be able to pinpoint areas in the sky where the satellites are at a given time. The enigma has been that no matter where I point the antenna, I get a signal of uniform strength. Putting this information together with what Dr. Nicholas Begich has been saying leads to even more interesting conclusions.

Dr. Begich has published information about a project known as HAARP, which stands for High-frequency Active Aurora Research Project. This is commonly known as a weather-control project, but Dr. Begich has picked up and heard the 435-MHz signals connected to HAARP and indicates that a mind-control function is being employed.

In addition to Dr. Begich's research, there is currently a theory being bandied about concerning a hypothetical nonlinear function that will translate one frequency to another frequency. I think that is exactly what is happening in the case of HAARP. High-frequency signals developed through HAARP are designed to ionize the energy in the upper atmosphere, which consists primarily of nitrogen. The ionized nitrogen (N2), then acts as a translator that will literally convert the 435-MHz particle-beam transmission into one of 1080 MHz. This is a rather ingenious development, because it bypasses the need for satellites. I believe this to be one of the latest developments of the Star Wars technology.

I began to figure this out when I first encountered the 1080-MHz frequency and asked Duncan Cameron to do a purely psychic reading on it. After listening to the signal, Duncan said that it is approximately 2.7 times the 435-MHz signal. This is not far off at all. If you consider that 400 to 450 MHz is the window to the human consciousness, you can divide 1080 MHz by 2.7 and you will arrive at 400. The ratio of 2.7 is a direct hit.

When I ran this information by my nuclear physicist friend Dan, he became excited, because 2.77 is a ratio of nitrogen to air with regard to the Earth's atmosphere. In scientific terms, this would be stated:

M(ATM)/MN2 = 2.77

In other words, if you divide the mass of the atmosphere by the mass of nitrogen, you will arrive at 2.77. This information was the initial clue that there was a relationship between nitrogen and the 435-MHz transmissions. Based upon his experience, Dan concluded that we were most likely dealing with a nitrogen particle beam. The above information about HAARP finally explained what was going on.

Dan also talked about a side effect that is produced when the particle beams annihilate each other. He said that when the nitrogen and antinitrogen collide, the element xenon is released. A couple of radionics tests done on people who have been targeted by the 1080-MHz signal indicated that they had a high degree of nitrogen and xenon in their systems. Susan's symptoms were like nitrogen narcosis, more commonly known as the bends.

All of this gets even more interesting because Duncan's psychic reading said that the particle-beam system can also be used in genetic engineering. I then ran all of this information by a geneticist friend of mine, who found it noteworthy because the subharmonic of the DNA helix is 1100 MHz. At the same time, another person pointed out a book by a Canadian that indicated that if one created a certain frequency with a xenon lamp, a thought form was created that was healing and regenerative.

The theory here is that one can literally do genetic engineering by using the 1100-MHz frequency to resonate with the DNA and thereby open and close it. The annihilation of particles (from the particle accelerator) releases a pattern that controls the way the DNA will reassemble itself. The xenon-gas effect would be used to regenerate the new DNA. I ran this by Al Bielek, who said he has a scientist friend who had previously read the blueprint for the entire satellite network. This scientist told the people at his company that if this system were beamed at the entire population, it would genetically destroy the human race.

Earlier in this [article] I mentioned the damage in the myelin sheathing of Susan DaRe. This could be the degenerative genetic effect that Al's friend warned of. This may be why we have suddenly seen MS appear all over the country. MS has reportedly increased at least a hundredfold over the last five years.

All of this means that the entire Star Wars system could be used to attack our immune systems and mental well-being. We already know that 400-450 MHz is the window frequency to the human consciousness; and 435 MHz is the specific frequency related to the appearance of UFOs. It also manifests from the Milky Way, and is thought to be the background frequency of our reality. The Star Wars system, at least part of it, transmits a signal between 1000 and 1200 MHz that is derived from a nitrogen-based particle beam. This signal is a multiplication of 435 MHz, our reality's background frequency.

The signals I picked up during this electromagnetic survey were all between 1080 MHz (2.7 times 400) and 1124 MHz (2.7 times 416 MHz), and the 1100-MHz frequency is supposed to be the window to the human DNA. I couldn't get the geneticist to tie it down to an exact frequency, so this is an approximation. He said it is about 1000 to 1200 MHz. A further corroboration of this theory is easy to recognize if you realize that the molecular structure of proteins contains nitrogen as a primary ingredient. This causes the nitrogen-to-air ratio to make even more sense. The appearance of nitrogen in proteins does not contradict the fact that life is carbon-based. As life evolves into higher-order forms, it develops proteins, which consist of nitrogen.

Genetic programming suggests something far beyond the prospect of biological warfare: It also includes the possibility of scrambling or rearranging our DNA. This type of thinking is prevalent in certain New Age dogma which indicates that the human race is undergoing a transdimensional change. Angels will appear and rearrange your lightbody so that you resonate with a higher octave. This may be true, but it is much more theoretical and otherworldly if angels or other-dimensional beings are doing it. If the secret government or the military-industrial complex has this capability, we are dealing with an undeniable real-world scenario. There are many possibilities.

My first thought on this is that the power base on this planet is afraid of giving up its hold on its power. Their interest in controlling our DNA would be to prevent a migration to another dimension. That is why they might be researching this technology.

A second possibility is that they are going to help us for our own benefit. That is wishful thinking, to say the least.

Another possibility is that this entire project is being orchestrated for some vast experiment. It could be for the good or bad of the continuum. Maybe the bad guys have plans to either do in or at least subjugate the entire human race. At the same time, the good guys or ascended masters are letting it run until they can step in at the last minute and bring us all to the next level. Some variation on this theme is also possible. There are many different puppet masters who could be involved.

There is an infamous island off the north fork of Long Island that is called Plum Island. It is forbidden territory to the media or anyone else, and has long been thought to be a center of bacteriological research that includes biological warfare. This was true for many years, but I know that today they are concerned with human genetic research based upon particle accelerators. These accelerators are no secret and can be viewed from the air.

None of this information is included purely to frighten anyone. It is in all of our interests to know the capabilities that can be used against us. It doesn't mean they will be, and knowing about it is the first line of defense.

*435 MHz refers to frequencies anywhere in the 400- to 500-MHz band, and 1080 MHz refers to those in the 1000- to 1200-MHz band. Technicians should note that I took extra care to ensure that I was not picking up transmission from the GPS (Global Positioning System), which transmits at 1236 MHz and is used by oceangoing vessels and airplanes for navigational purposes.

Free Energy, Gravity and the Aether

by Dan A. Davidson
PO Box 1090
Sierra Vista, AZ 85636
520-378-6033

---

Abstract: Over the years the existence and understanding of the aether has evolved as the basis for gravity and free energy effects at a micro and macro level. Laboratory experiments have shown that superluminal energy and information transfer has been effectively accomplished via aetheric engineering, which effectively eliminates the theory of relativity and its absurd views of physics and cosmology. The structure of the aether is summarized, as a superfluidic medium, including interrelationships of many of the basic universal constants describing physical phenomena with magnetic, electrical, and gravitic formulas. The author summarizes experiments that he has carried out, as well as others. Also summarized will be the author's current view of where the maverick ("behind the scenes") science network has moved in engineering the aether. The essence is that a worldwide, loosely associating group of engineers, physicists, chemists, and assorted garage shop experimenters have moved well beyond the stifling shrouds of the orthodox "science" community. Experiments have proven that the aether exists, and that it is engineerable, even to the extent that gravity is controllable, free energy is possible, superluminal energy/information transfer is readily accomplished, and a plethora of new inventions in energy generation, transportation, and communication are now being engineered for the marketplace.

---

Introduction: It is a pleasure to speak and write to such a distinguished group of scientists and engineers. I salute your courageous and forthright stand for truth in science and your valiant efforts to bring a measure of sanity back into physics. As an confirmed aetheric scientist who has attempted to approach orthodox physicists, I appreciate your heroic efforts and pray God's blessing for us all. I am grateful to be able to give you some views on what I have discovered and where the real scientists are moving in development of THE new paradigm of physics. In the following I use the term "aether" to distinguish it from the anesthetic, ether.

---

The Aether: From my research over 35 years the existence of the aether is a reality. The experiments of Trouton and Noble, Sagnac, Michelson and Gale, Thirring and Lenze, and Fizeau all imply that the aether exists. John Keely performed extensive experiments in engineering the aether including producing various gravity phenomena, controlled breakdown of matter into aether and then using the aether in experiments, etc. My research and discoveries have led me to characterize the aether as follows:

• 1. A superfluidic particulate medium which pervades all space.
• 2. A medium, which in its various modes, is the building block of the physical universe.
• 3. A medium, which, in one of its modes, is responsible for gravity and inertia.
• 4. A medium which is controllable by our mind and can be manipulated my our thoughts.
• 5. A medium which can be controlled by geometric shapes.

This paper will cover aspects of 2 and 3, topic 4 I leave for a more suitable time and space and topic one I assert as a basic premise as I have not visited all space; however, inference leads one to this conclusion. Topic 5 will be touched briefly in this paper.

---

Charge: The charge of matter is due to its interchange with aether. The electron as well as the other subatomic particles are basically self-sustaining vortices in a fluidic particulate aether. Charge represents a difference in concentration of the aether between two points. Mass (i.e., atomic particles) is made of aether, aether continually flows into and out of the particles as vortices, and the charge is due to its being at a different concentration of aether at a point in time and space than the local aether concentration. The electron is a vortex of aether caught in a rotating standing wave due to the vibrating flow of aether which flows into and out of the atom's nucleus. The charge of an electron, the Rydberg constant, and gravitational constant are also derivable from simple fluid mechanics1,2 treatment of the aether. See Table 1 for a summary of the simple relationships of the basic atomic and electrical constants as derived using fluid mechanics and treating aether as a superfluidic particulate medium.

---

Atomic Structure: Atomic structure builds according to the rules of geometry and the basic polarity of atomic particles. Polarities are the result of aetheric flows into and out of matter. John Ernst Worrel Keely was the first sub-atomic physicist. His basic elucidation of atomic structure was derived from his development of the science of vibratory physics. One of his basic discoveries was that of the substructure of the proton3. He discovered it was a vortex made of three sub- nuclear particles, also vortexes. Further research led him to the idea that this three particle substructure continued down to smaller and smaller level of particles within each particle. Keely claimed to have learned to control the substructure 27 levels down from the basic proton. The Keely atom is depicted in a stylized format in Figure 1. The first level of substructure was finally theorized in the orthodox community by Feynman in 1958. Keely's discovery antedated Feynman by over 60 years! Feynman called the three particles making up the proton quarks.

---

Gravity: As summarized in Table 1, the gravitation constant as grad E correlates with the seminal work by T. Townsend Brown. Brown discovered that a capacitor will tend to move in the direction of the positive plate. Apparent weight loss is the result when the plates are perpendicular to the local gravity gradient. This effect can be enhanced by making one plate much smaller than the other plate. This essentially forces the grad E to maximize. It should be noted that grad E is independent of whether the field is AC or DC. Experiments have shown that even with this enhancement the capacitor does not have all its apparent weight nullified and levitate. The reason for this can be found again in the nuclear particle's relationship with the aether. Even though each atom is in constant resonance with the aether this resonance is not synchronized across the mass4. Each atom is doing its own thing, so to speak, and there is a random interchange with the aether with respect to all the nuclei. Thus, when a grad E acts as an aether pump across the capacitor plates only a small portion of the atoms become synchronized to this aetheric flow so the entire mass does not respond at the same time; therefore, all the atoms don't try and move at the same time. An interesting experiment suggested by Paul Stowe to test the grad E effect is shown in Figure 2.

Figure 1. The Keely "Atom" Showing the Substructure of the Neutron.

Put Table 1 here on Paul Stowe's equations.{Graphic stripped}
Figure 2 Variation Of Townsend Brown Experiment To Test Grad E Effect Levitation in Ancient Tibet: Research into ancient religions reveals many startling levitation effects. One of the most detailed and interesting of these have been recorded by a competent witness5. A Swede, Dr. Jarl, who studied at Oxford became friends with a fellow student from Tibet. Several years later, in 1939, he was asked by his friend to go to Tibet to treat a high Lama. His Tibetan friend had risen to high rank at his Lamasery and Dr. Jarl was privileged to learn many things which most foreigners would never hear about. On one occasion, his friend took him to a meadow which was surrounded by high cliffs to the northwest. About 250 meters up the face of the cliff there was a hole which looked like the entrance to a cave. A rock wall was being built in front of the cave by Tibetan monks. Access to the cave could only be achieved from the top of the mountain. 250 meters from the face of the cliff, facing the cave, was a polished rock slab with a bowl shaped depression in it. A block of stone, 1.5 meters long by 1 meter wide and 1 meter high was lowered into the depression by a team of Yaks and monks. Monks with19 musical instruments, consisting of 13 drums and 5 trumpets, were arranged in an arc of 90 degrees (see Figure 3) in front of the stone block. The instruments had the following measurements:

• (1). 8 drums were 1 meter diameter X 1.5 meters deep X 3mm sheet iron and weighed 150 kg.
• (2). 4 drums were 0.7 meter diameter X 1 meters deep
• (3). 1 drum was 0.2 meter diameter X 0.3 meters deep
• (4). All trumpets were 3.12 meters X 0.3 meters

All the drums were open on one end, mounted on poles, and aimed at the block of stone. The drums were beat by monks using a big leather club. Behind each instrument was a row of monks. The monks started chanting and playing the musical instruments which lasted four minutes. When the sound reached a certain level the large block of stone placed in front of them, occupying the focal point of the monks formation, majestically floated into the air and arched up to the construction site on the mountain above them where receiving monks guided the large block into place.

The flight path of the huge stone took about 3 minutes. This was not an isolated incident. The monks continued to perform this feat at the rate of 5 or 6 stones per hour. On occasion a stone was broken by the process which indicates that the sonic resonance forces are capable of destructive effects. Calculations reveal that the volume of the large drums are similar to the stone block volume. The medium drums are one third the volume of the large drum and the small drum is a 41th of the medium drum and 125th of the large drum. The exact volume of the large stone is not available; however, the harmonic relations of the drums implies it is about 1.5 cubic meters. As to the trumpets, their length, 3.12 meters, is not a good indicator of its sound. Most trumpets are flared at the end so part of the trumpet is more for sound amplification than its frequency component

, if the wave length of the trumpet is some harmonic of about 3 meters, then the trumpet produces a sound which is the second harmonic of the large drums (i.e., 3 divided by 1.5 equals 2). Thus we see that the drums and trumpets are all harmonically tuned to the size of the stone being levitated. Another interesting aspect of this levitation demonstration is the small amount of power necessary to perform the levitation. The loudest tolerable sound pressure that a person can stand is approximately 280 dynes/cm2. From physics analysis9 this translates to about 0.000094 watts/cm2. If we assume that each monk with his instrument produced one half this much sound energy (which is highly unlikely) and we make the further gross assumption that this is the amount of power that reaches the stone (actually sound dissipates rapidly over distance), we would have about 0.01 watts (i.e., (19 instruments + 19 X 4 monks) X 0.000094) hitting the huge stone block. This is an astoundingly small amount of energy actually hitting the 1.5 cubic meter stone to produce the effect.

To lift the stone 250 meters takes a prodigious amount of energy. Rocks such as granite and limestone have weights in the neighborhood of 150 - 175 pounds per cubic foot. If we assume a nominal value of 160 pounds per cubic foot then the 1.5 cubic meter stones weighed around 8475 pounds (i.e., over 4 tons!!!). To lift the 8475 pounds 250 meters would require about 7 million ft-pounds of work (i.e., 8475 pounds X 250 meters / 0.30408 meters/foot = 6,968,035). Since this was done over a 3 minute period then about 70 horsepower was produced (i.e., 7 X 106 foot-pounds / 180 seconds / 550 horsepower/foot- pound/second = 70.384). This is equivalent to 52 kilowatts (i.e., 70.384 X 0.74570 kilowatts/horsepower = 52.5). The over unity power factor we obtain is 5,250,000 over unity (i.e., 52,500 watts/0.01 watts). The monks were obviously tapping into a huge amount of free energy to levitate the huge stone blocks or gravity requires little power to effects its operation once the principles are understood.

Movies taken by Dr. Jarl of the levitation were confiscated by the society he worked for and classified. Analysis of the geometric measurements, taken by Dr. Jarl, of the levitation situation reveals that the distances are related to the speed of light and other earth resonance phenomena. Levitation of 4 Ton Iron Sphere: After Keely's untimely death in 1898, several investigators from the "Scientific American" magazine staff went to Keely's laboratory looking for evidence to support the idea that Keely was a fraud3. They thought they found what they were looking for when they lifted the floorboards of a section of the laboratory and found a large cast iron sphere from which protruded pieces of iron pipe but the pipes were not connected to anything.

The sphere was estimated to weight 6,625 pounds and have a bursting strength of 28,000 pounds. This event revived the charge that Keely had used compressed air to perform his miraculous feats; which, if true, would have earned Keely a fortune from compressed air inventions. Research, by a friend of mine, uncovered a newspaper article, written while Keely was still living, which tells the story of how the iron sphere got under the floorboards. It seems the newsman who wrote the article had gone to see Keely for possible newsworthy information. He found the inventor in his laboratory tearing a large hole in the floor. Keely greeted the reporter but did not seem to be in a talkative mood as he appeared quite busy.

After enlarging the hole, Keely attached a strange belt with several mechanisms built into it to his waist. He then attached a thin wire leading from the belt to a large sphere resting in the corner of the laboratory. After a few minutes of intense concentration by Keely the ponderous globe slowly lifted a few inches from the floor. Keely then "floated" the iron sphere over the hole in the floorboards and allowed the huge mass to settle to the ground below the floor level. After a few adjustments to the belt mechanism Keely again seemed lost in rapt concentration. This time the globe slowly but inexorably settled itself into the earth, buried by the opposite of levitation; namely, supergravity. Keely had evidently caused the apparent mass of the sphere to increase to such an extent that it sank into the firm earth much as a heavy rock sinks into mud.

The inventor told the reporter that he was making room in his lab by clearing away outmoded equipment. It is theorized that the belt mechanism Keely wore during the levitation feat tuned the atomic structure of the iron sphere so all the atoms were synchronized and aetheric force directed through the sphere caused it to levitate or gravitate. The Detection of Aetheric Gravity Flow Using Dielectrics: By now it should be obvious that the larger the mass the more aether which flows into the atomic structure of the mass. Mass is both radiating and absorbing aetheric energy. Other mass in the vicinity will cause perturbations in this aetheric flow. Because of this fact, aetheric flow detectors can be constructed by taking advantage of this principle. My first working gravity or local aetheric stress/flow detector was demonstrated at the 1990 Extraordinary Science Conference in Colorado Springs, Colorado6. The basic principle of the gravity detector is the fact that the electronic charge structure of a given mass is a function of the amount of aether flowing into the mass.

The charge around the atom is governed by the amount of aether flowing into and out of the mass. My reasoning was that dielectrics would make the best aetheric flow detector. Early success had been accomplished by Jerry Gallimore7 (circa 1975) and Townsend Brown8 (circa 1959) in using dielectric materials to detect local gravity effects. In dielectrics the electronic charge is isolated and trapped within the dielectric material since the charge cannot flow and dissipate. By using a high dielectric such as titanate zirconate or barium titanate the amount of charge change is directly readable by putting electrodes on each pole of a polarized dielectric. My first detector circuit used a picoamplifier attached to the electrodes to amplify the signal. Then the voltage/current changes across the dielectric are easily measured directly by a voltmeter. Figure 4 depicts the output of the gravity detector circuit as a graph of local gravitational stress (i.e., aetheric stress). The graph readily shows the daily swing of aetheric flow on the dielectric material as the sun and moon affects the earth's gravity field and gravity flows into the earth. The data was taken during a solar eclipse and shows the effect of local aetheric field stress dropping during the period of the eclipse. Experiments with the dielectric detectors showed they tend to be noisy and susceptible to temperature, light, and sound pressure.

If you are going to experiment with this type of gravity detector be sure to isolate the dielectric from temperature swings, light and sound. Greg Hodowanec did some experiments9 in 1986 and claimed success in detecting aetheric energies. He used an ordinary capacitor as a detector and an operational amplifier to boost the change in capacitance occuring in the capacitor. Analysis of his data shows it does not correlate with any known phenomena. Hodowanec's detector should at least have tracked daily aetheric changes due to the effects producted by the sun and moon. My experiments with his detector showed it is highly susceptible to temperature changes and it is quite possible the data he published were temperature effects. The Detection of Aetheric Gravity Flow Using DNC Coil: In discussing my results of gravitational energies (i.e., aether stress flows) with a fellow gravity researcher, Joe Parr, he mentioned he had similar results with dielectrics and had accidentally discovered a better detector. It was a strange coil to which he attached the moniker "Do Nothing Coil" (DNC). The DNC would detect the aetheric gravity flow without the bothersome temperature, photonic, and sonic noise effects. Joe called the coil "do nothing" because it did not respond in any significant manner to magnetic or electrical signals from DC to about 300 Ghz. By accident he discovered that the coil's resistance changed during a 24 hour period.

Figure 4. Gravity Sensor Data Example

The DNC coil consists of about 8000 turns of number 34 copper wire wound on a plastic hoop. In my duplication of the DNC coil I got a Hula Hoop and cut it open, removed the plastic noise maker beads, and shortened the tubing length to make a plastic loop 19 inches in diameter (i.e., center of toroid on one side to center of toroid in other side). To wind the coil I set the coil form and wire and electrician tape on the coffee table in front of the TV set and whenever I was watching TV I would wind a couple of hundred turns on the loop and cover the turns with black electrician tape to keep the coil in place. After a couple of months I finally had wound the DNC coil. A BNC connector on the two ends of the coil completed the job. Figure 5 shows the results of a few days of data taken with the DNC coil. The graph clearly shows the daily resistance changes. The change in resistance is a direct readout of the local aetheric stress flow changes. Resistance changes in the coil because the atomic lattice electronic charge of the metal in the wire changes as more or less aether is flowing in the nuclei of the coils atoms. During the course of a 24 hour period the sun, moon, planets as well as the stars put differing stress levels on the earth's aetheric field which directly affects the flow rate into the nucleus.

Figure 5. The DNC as a Gravity Sensor Example

The Parr Pyramid Gravity Experiments: Another gravity sensor which Joe Parr has discovered involves the Great Pyramid and pyramid shapes in general. A static (i.e., non-moving) pyramid was aligned north-south/east-west and flat coils wound on audio tape reels were placed on the north and south side of the pyramid. A spark gap made from a blown 1 microfarad capacitor was place at the apex of the pyramid in series with a battery, resistor and chart recorder (see figure 6). The chart recorder registered daily changes in the energies around the pyramid.

Figure 6. Gravitational Sensor Using Pyramid Shape

The chart recorder records the state of a bubble of energy which surrounded the pyramid. The energy bubble over time had various levels of opacity to all types of radiation. Experiments putting radio frequency emitters, radioactive sources - specifically beta emitters, magnetic sources, and ion sources all showed attenuation when in the energy bubble which surrounds the pyramid. Intensive research over 13 years showed that the bubble could be fed negative ions and this would intensify the opacity of the bubble. At certain times of the year the energy bubble would totally block the force of gravity, nuclear radiation, and electromagnetic radiation. Another effect noted that the pyramid seemed to be resonant at 500 and 1000 Hz. At one time during the 11 year sun spot cycle the static pyramid sensor went dead and quit providing data. In order to find another method of continuing the research the reasoning was that a moving sensor could possibly continue providing data. Joe Parr built an elaborate experimental setup he named the "centrifuge".

The centrifuge is illustrated in figure 7. Extensive experiments with the centrifuge provided additional data on the pyramid energy bubble. Positive ions in the centrifuge would cause the pyramid to be drawn to the moon. Negative ions in the centrifuge would cause the pyramid to be repelled away from the moon. At certain times of the year (around December 8th-15th and May 8th-15th) the energy bubble around the pyramids in the centrifuge would become totally opaque to local gravitation and inertial forces and rip off the end of the centrifuge arm causing extensive damage to the interior of the centrifuge. Detailed analysis of the amount of energy of the pyramid, when they ripped free, showed that an 8 gram pyramid had approximately 2000 pounds of force (i.e., 113,000 times increase in kinetic energy). It is hypothesized that the pyramid moves into a different time/space condition called h-space. The centrifuge experiments also correlated with the static pyramid in that putting radio frequency emitters, radioactive sources, magnetic sources, and ion sources all were attenuated when in the pyramid energy bubble.

Figure 7. Parr Pyramid Centrifuge

The Parr Gravity Wheel Experiment: Other research led Joe Parr to hypothesize that perhaps a three dimensional pyramid was not totally necessary. A new experiment was devised which replaced the large centrifuge with a small wheel mounted on a shaft and spun by a small high speed motor. Around the periphery of the wheel are copper triangular shapes. When the motor spins the wheel the copper triangles move between permanent magnets mounted statically on either side of the wheel. This new experimental set up is depicted in figure 8. The author had been following Joe Parr's experiments over a several year period and after Joe had some initial success with the new experiment the author, with Joe Parr's assistance, built a duplicate experiment.

Figure 8. Parr Gravity Wheel Experiment Design

It took several months to get my version of the experiment to operate successfully. Tuning involved getting the experimental setup oriented properly and proper grounding. The shaft must be oriented east-west. A negative ion source is set within a few feet of the spinning wheel to feed the force fields which form around the copper triangles on gravity wheel. The experiment is set on a delicate scale which measures accurate to 0.5 grams. The static weight of my experimental setup is about 1200 grams. Joe Parr's version is about 1800 grams. My experiment used machined maplewood to hold the motor and shaft, and the stanchions which hold the magnets and Parr's experiment was made of machined aluminum. During experimental operations the weight of the experiment can drop from 0 to 6.5 grams. When one considers that the gravity wheel with the copper triangles weighs about 24 grams the total normal operational levitation effect is on the order of 25% weight loss. This by itself in a remarkable experimental effect and deserves acute attention. The scale which is used in the experiment is an Ohaus Precision Plus purchased from Cole Parmer. The scale can measure accurately within 0.1 grams over a range of 0-4000 grams. The scale has an RS-232 serial interface which allows the scale to be interfaced to a printer or computer. The scale outputs the weight continuously except when there is a scale upset. The upset weight can be varied and it was set at the maximum of 5 grams.

This means that if the scale weight is changed more than 5 grams within a couple of milliseconds then the RS-232 interface stops outputting the weight. My preliminary hookup of the scale was to a computer; however, the intense forcefield which builds up around the experiment destroyed two computer interface cards. Since the RS-232 interface stops outputting data on a scale upset, the serial output of the scale was converted to a voltage level and used as an indicator. When the voltage drops, a scale upset has occurred. The voltage level was/is interfaced into a pulse counter. This provides a count of scale upsets greater than 5 grams. Figure 9 is a graph over time of scale upsets. This shows the count of when the gravity wheel changed weight over 5 grams. If the 6.5 gram weight loss is added to the 5 gram upset, we are looking at about a 50% weight loss of the gravity wheel. Joe Parr's data showed a correlated hit with my experiment's data on April 11th.

Figure 9. Data from Dan Davidson's Gravity Wheel Experiment

There are two basic types of force fields built up in and around the experiment. There is an ovoid shaped forcefield around each of the copper triangles. When these small force fields build up in intensity they cause a drag on the motor which can be plainly heard in the lab. There is a larger forcefield which builds up around the entire experiment setup. Independent tests with a clairvoyant, a clairsentient, and a dowser all verify the large force field around the experimental setup. Figure 10 depicts the approximate shape of the large force field. What seems to be happening is the earth moves through energy conduits which go from our sun to other planets and star systems. When the gravity wheel experiment crosses one of these energy conduits, the forcefield around the copper triangles intensifies to the extent that the bubble starts moving either toward the conduit or away from the conduit very rapidly and a scale upset occurs. Attempts at simulating the energy conduit thus far have failed. We are in the process of evaluating the data and we have found some correlation with planetary and stellar conjunctions where the earth gets lined up with other planets or stars and our sun. The data analysis is currently in its infancy so we can make no statements of solid fact other than that we are getting some very impressive gravitational effects.

Figure 10. Ovoid Forcefield Around Gravity Wheel Experiment and Small Energy Bubbles Surrounding each of the Triangles of the Gravity Wheel

The Current State of the Unorthodox Science Community: What is happening in the science community is a number of scientists from all branches of science and engineering have become disillusioned with the suppression of scientific information within the orthodox science community. Many disillusioned scientists, engineers, and technicians, have taken to doing experiments on their own to prove or disprove ideas and theories not acceptable to the orthodox community. These experimenters are proving concepts which are, in some cases, far beyond where currently accepted science is at the present time. The following summarizes a few of the breakthroughs of what I believe the "underground" science community has achieved and its current status.

1. Superluminal energy transmission - demonstrated at the 1988 International Tesla Symposium10. This effectively negates Special and General Relativity. There are many other examples of superluminal effects; however, its nice to see someone has got it down to being able to demonstrate it. Tesla proved superluminal effects during his experiments at Colorado Springs also.

2. Working free energy devices - examples are the Floyd Sweet VTA, the Hyde electrostatic OUO motor (claimed but not demonstrated), the Patterson Cold Fusion cell, and the Takahashi magnetic motor. There are also well documented cases of historical free energy devices. In a myoptic view these devices negate the basic tenents of thermodynamics;however, with the view of a universal energy rich aether as part of the equation there are no truly closed systems and themo's second law still applies. We merely have energy exchange with the aether.

3. Demonstrated anti-gravity effects - Joe Parr Gravity Wheel and the Floyd Sweet VTA in special mode goes anti-gravitic.

4. Low energy transmutation of atomic elements - Dr. Backrus (Texas State University) cold fusion and transmutation experiments, Joe Champion's precious metal synthesis, Kervan's "Biological Transmutation of the Elements" 12.

5. Ball lightning production - demonstrated at the 1992 International Tesla Symposium by Dr. Corum (Professor of Electrical Engineering at West Virginia University) 13.

6. Conversion of EM to a pure aetheric stress wave and transmitted energy in this mode efficiently and effectively - John Bedini 14, 15.

7. Developed detectors which detect non-hertzian energies - Dan Davidson and his dielectric gravity wave detector, Joe Parr and his DNC, Parr and Davidson and the gravity wheel experiments, Gallimore and his dielectric gravity and aetheric stress detectors.

8. The current status is that there are now estimated to be 2000 -3000 active, science experimenters world wide doing unorthodox research and experiments on technologies beyond the currently accepted paradigms of science. We now have our own symposiums and conferences (about 10 of these per year). We collaborate, trade information, and communicate over the computer networks (i.e., the internet and BBSes) and normal mail systems. Many of us have pretty much given up on the orthodox "science" community and we are cutting our own path into new vistas of science and technology. We echo the refrain - "to boldly go where none have gone before".

9. Where we are going - It is my firm opinion that we are on the verge of a major revolution in science and technology. In almost every area of scientific endeavor we have major breakthroughs happening regularly. If you thought that science and technology took some major leaps in the last 50 years you haven't seen anything yet. When any one of the above discoveries becomes well known the positive effects on our civilization will defy description.

---

Conclusion: The beauty of these discoveries is that they are all interrelated so a synergistic effect will be produced whereby a breakthrough in one area will vastly improve our understanding in other areas. For example, a breakthrough in gravitational physics will provide a deeper understanding in nuclear physics, free energy production, superluminal energy production, aetheric engineering, etc. Again, I salute you for your stand for truth and openness in science. Thank you for listening and "may the aether be with you"! Dan A. Davidson

---

Bibliography:

• 1. Paul Stowe, A Definition of Electric Charge, private paper, May 2, 1993
• 2. Paul Stowe and Barry Mingst, The Cause of Gravity, private paper, April 28, 1991
• 3. Dan Davidson, "Free Energy: Breakthroughs to New Free energy Devices", copyright 1977, ISBN 0-9626321-0-4, RIVAS, P.O. Box 1090, Sierra Vista, AZ 85636.
• 4. Dan Davidson, Jerry Decker, Mass Resonance - Another Antigravity Secret, Copyright Dan A. Davidson December 1994, published in Extraordinary Science magazine, Apr/May/Jun 1995.
• 5. Bruce Cathie, Acoustic Levitation of Stones, from the book "Anti-Gravity and the World Grid" by David Hatcher Childress, Adventures Unlimited Press, Box 22, Stelle, IL 60919, ISBN 0-932813-03-8.
• 6. Dan Davidson, Dielectrics as Gravity Detectors, copyright 1991 by author, paper given at 1991 Extraordinary Science Conference, Colorado Springs, CO.
• 7. J. G. Gallimore, "Transverse Paraphysics", copyright 1982 by author, ISBN 0-9603536-4-X.
• 8. T. Towsend Brown, laboratory notebook
• 9. Gregory Hodowanec, Rysmonics, April 1986, Radio Electronics.
• 10. Alexis Guy Obolensky, The Mechanics of Time, 1988 International Tesla Society, 4-25 through 4-40.
• 11. Joe Champion, "Producing Precious Metals At Home", 1994, ISBN 1-884928-32-3
• 12. Louis C. Kervran, "Biological Transmutations", ISBN 0- 913010-02-0, 1972, Swan House Pub Co., P.O. Box 638, Binghamton, N.Y. 13902
• 13. Dr. James Corum, Tesla and the Magnifying Transmitter, 1992 International Tesla Society, pp 55-78.
• 14. John C. Bedini, "Bedini's Free Energy Generator", Copyright 1984, ISBN 0-914119-01-X.
• 15. Eike Mueller, "Experiments With A Kromrey and A Brand-Tesla Converter", Copyright 1984.

• Q-001: What are the ancient "elements of nature" ?
  • Earth, Water, Air and Fire are the generally known and often quoted ancient elements of nature,
    within which, and through which, life (including humanity) has prevailed and evolved. 
• Q-002: Are there any other "elements of nature" ?
  • YES. In addition, and behind the terrestrially manifest elements of nature it is recorded that in many of the ancient traditions and recorded writings there is reference to a fifth element of nature - the quitessence.

    The name given to the celestial or heavenly or cosmic "element of nature" under ancient european sun, is the Aether. On the life of Plato, Xenocrates writes:

    • "Thus he then classified living creatures
      into genera and species, and divided them in every way
      until he came to their elements,
      which he called the five shapes and bodies,
      aither, fire, water, earth and air."

    The name given to the celestial or heavenly or cosmic "element of nature" under the ancient indian sun, is Akasha. In his work published 220AD, "The Life of Apollonius of Tyana", Philostratus reports:

    • "Of elements."

      "Are there then four" he asked.

      "Not four," said Iarchas, "but five."

      "And how can there be a fifth," said Apollonius,
      "alongside of water and air and earth and fire ?"

      "There is the ether", replied the other,
      "which we must regard as the stuff of which gods are made;
      for just as all mortal creatures inhale tbe air,
      so do immortal and divine natures inhale the ether."

      Apollonius again asked which was the first of the elements,
      and Iarchas answered:

      "All are simultaneous, for a living creature is not born bit by bit."

      "Am I," said Apollonius, "to regard
      the universe as a living creature?"

      "Yes," said the other, "if you have a sound knowledge of it,
      for it engenders all living things."

      - The Life of Apollonius of Tyana, Philostratus, 220AD.

      And they allowed Apollonius to ask questions;
      and he asked them of what they thought the cosmos was composed;
      but they replied:
    Additionally, other cultures included the elements of metal and wood - such as the ancient chinese peoples; and in some of the native peoples of north america, the frost was considered another element of nature over and above the other four.

    Finally, it is noteworthy to also mention here that the entire arrangement of these elements of nature is systemetised in one (Vaisheshika = physics) of the six component disciplines of the ancient Vedic philosophical system. This will be dealt with in more detail elsewhere.

• Q-003: Are these "elements of nature" known by any other names ?
  • The elements of nature were (and are) also known as the elements of life,
    or the elements of survival, for without them, life could not exist.
• Q-004: How do the ancient elements relate to the atomic elements ?
  • One of the more common questions asked concerning the specifications of the ancient elements of nature is this: If water is known to be consistent of molecules of H2O, and air is known to be consistent predominantly of a mixture of molecules of N2, and O2, and are thus reducible to the atomic elements, why are they considered elemental?
    Water and air are recognised as elements of life, elements of survival, for all living beings. It is at the level of living systems that water and air are hereby being considered elemental - they are two of the elements of life.
• Q-005: What is the element Earth ?
  • The element earth is the name given to all material living and non-living substance on the planet, with the exception of air and water. The diversity of the ancient element earth is thus of extremely high order. Earth is the generic metaphysical name applied to all substances within the terrestrial environment. Whereas by chemical and atomic analysis, the hundred plus different atomic elements are uniquely specified as the atomic elements, the ancient element earth encompasses them all. In the form of food, to be ingested into the metabolic matrix of living systems, it shares, along with its fellow ancient elements of nature, its status an element of life, an element of survival.
• Q-006: What is the element Fire ?
  • The element fire is the ancient name given that which is known by the contemporary scientific program as electromagnetic energy. Terrestrial fire, as in a struck match or a camp-fire or forest fire, requires the presence of something to burn and air, and has two aspects - heat and light. The cosmic fire is the electromagnetic energy manifest as the sunshine, which stands at the center of all terrestrial ecosystems, and permeates the terrestrial realms as the predominant source both heat and light, the energy which moves the global atmosphere (air) and thus the pump which stands as the prime-mover of the life sustaining water-cycle.
• Q-007: What is the cosmology of the elements of nature ?
  • Well, in short, Pythagoras was right - the cosmic fire is at the center, and about it orbits the earth/moon binary consistent of the terrestrial elements of earth, water and air, themselves interspersed with this cosmic fire of life. The generic cosmological teachings of man changed only a few hundred years ago, when the paradigm of geocentricity (where the sun, moon, planets and stars all orbited the earth) gave way to the paradigm of heliocentricity (where the earth and planets orbited the sun, and the stars were distant suns). The distribution of the elements in the cosmos reflects the image of remote terrestrial islands scattered in an ocean of cosmic fire. The ubiquitous nature of the cosmic fire can be perceived and understood by a simple Thought Experiment.
• Q-008: When did the elements of nature cease to be referenced as such ?
  • The elements of nature were still commonly referenced in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, however, on the one hand the diverse chemical properties of earth were systematically examined and analysed and eventually reduced to the preparation of the Periodic Table of Atomic Elements, and on the other hand, the physical properties of air and water were systematically collated and researched until they became harnessed to perform industrial work - first on a very small scale, before their global usage. The steam engine is a classic example of the this. At this point in time, and increasingly thereafter, the analytical specifications of matter were by way of its three (terrestrial) states, namely - solid, liquid and gas, and these man-made concepts gradually surplanted the notion of the corresponding three elements of nature - earth, water and air respectively. In this recent century, the discovery of the fourth state of matter, known as plasma, finally surplanted the ancient terminology of fire.
• Q-009: What is the essential difference between these states of matter,
  and the ancient elements in terms of descriptions of nature ?
  • The states of matter describe the analytical stochaistic behaviour of matter in relation to energy (heat and pressure) whereas the ancient elements form part of a more holistic description which encompasses the phenomena of life. The phenomena of life is undefined and is irrelevant to the current specifications of the scientific program, and its descriptions of nature are, while having the potential for high precision is certain areas, totally lifeless. On the other hand, the ancient elements are inextricably interwoven with the phenomena of life on this planet, and are today being re-introduced by the emergence of the recognition of other inter-disciplinary domains such as environmental science, ecological science and the like. These newly emergent sciences reserve special privelidges for the ancient elements of nature, and recognise them as the elements of life and moreso, the elements of the survival of mankind.
• Q-010: Should the ancient elements of nature be regarded as a proto-science ?
  Yes - in a definite sense, the pattern of thinking which was afforded in the identification of certain fundamental considerations out of an otherwise diverse environment, represented the evolution of a scientific reductionism, which made possible summary level assessments. Moreover, in these possible summary level assessments, there was the beginning of predictive power. Take for example the task of determining the direction to be taken through an unknown desert terrain. The failure to predict the location of a water source could quite easily mean life or death for the proto-scientist of ancient days.
• Q-011: What is the spiritual significance of the elements of nature ?

  • • - Krishna Yajur Veda,
      Svetasvatara Upanishad 2.12,
      The Poems of Tukaram (p.88)

      "When the Yogi has full power over his body
      composed of the elements of earth, water, fire, air, and ether,
      then he obtains a new body of spiritual fire
      which is beyond illness, old age, and death".
  Much is to be gained in contemplation of the differing characteristic properties of the ancient elements of nature, for man at his most fundamental level of being as a living system, is himself or herself a dissapative structure which is composed of these elements, and is constantly therefore in the process of exchanging these elements of nature with the environment:

Subject: How Old Is This Earth?

Mar. 18, 2010

Some people have different ideas of how old the Earth is. Carl S. and many other scientists say that it is 4.55 billion years old. Some C-eationist C-ristians say it is somewhere between 6,000 and 8,000 years old. Some other Ch-istains say they don't know. Here is what the Urantia Book says about the age of this Earth. ....................................................... .......................................................

Subject: The Origin of Urantia; Urantia Book Paper 57

Date: Thu, 11 Mar 2010

 

PAPER 57: THE ORIGIN OF URANTIA
Life Carrier
Audio Version Printer FriendlySynopsis

57:0.1 In presenting excerpts from the archives of Jerusem for the records of Urantia respecting its antecedents and early history, we are directed to reckon time in terms of current usage—the present leap-year calendar of 365¼ days to the year. As a rule, no attempt will be made to give exact years, though they are of record. We will use the nearest whole numbers as the better method of presenting these historic facts.

57:0.2 When referring to an event as of one or two millions of years ago, we intend to date such an occurrence back that number of years from the early decades of the twentieth century of the Christian era. We will thus depict these far-distant events as occurring in even periods of thousands, millions, and billions of years.

57:1.1 Urantia is of origin in your sun, and your sun is one of the multifarious offspring of the Andronover nebula, which was onetime organized as a component part of the physical power and material matter of the local universe of Nebadon. And this great nebula itself took origin in the universal force-charge of space in the superuniverse of Orvonton, long, long ago.

57:1.2 At the time of the beginning of this recital, the Primary Master Force Organizers of Paradise had long been in full control of the space-energies which were later organized as the Andronover nebula.

57:1.3 987,000,000,000 years ago associate force organizer and then acting inspector number 811,307 of the Orvonton series, traveling out from Uversa, reported to the Ancients of Days that space conditions were favorable for the initiation of materialization phenomena in a certain sector of the, then, easterly segment of Orvonton.

57:1.4 900,000,000,000 y ears ago the Uversa archives testify, there was recorded a permit issued by the Uversa Council of Equilibrium to the superuniverse government authorizing the dispatch of a force organizer and staff to the region previously designated by inspector number 811,307. The Orvonton authorities commissioned the original discoverer of this potential universe to execute the mandate of the Ancients of Days calling for the organization of a new material creation.

57:1.5 The recording of this permit signifies that the force organizer and staff had already departed from Uversa on the long journey to that easterly space sector where they were subsequently to engage in those protracted activities which would terminate in the emergence of a new physical creation in Orvonton.

57:1.6 875,000,000,000 years ago the enormous Andronover nebula number 876,926 was duly initiated. Only the presence of the force organizer and the liaison staff was required to inaugurate the energy whirl which eventually grew into this vast cyclone of space. Subsequent to the initiation of such nebular revolutions, the living force organizers simply withdraw at right angles to the plane of the revolutionary disk, and from that time forward, the inherent qualities of energy insure the progressive and orderly evolution of such a new physical system.

57:1.7 At about this time the narrative shifts to the functioning of the personalities of the superuniverse. In reality the story has its proper beginning at this point—at just about the time the Paradise force organizers are preparing to withdraw, having made the space-energy conditions ready for the action of the power directors and physical controllers of the superuniverse of Orvonton.

57:2.1 All evolutionary material creations are born of circular and gaseous nebulae, and all such primary nebulae are circular throughout the early part of their gaseous existence. As they grow older, they usually become spiral, and when their function of sun formation has run its course, they often terminate as clusters of stars or as enormous suns surrounded by a varying number of planets, satellites, and smaller groups of matter in many ways resembling your own diminutive solar system.

57:2.2 800,000,000,000 years ago the Andronover creation was well established as one of the magnificent primary nebulae of Orvonton. As the astronomers of near-by universes looked out upon this phenomenon of space, they saw very little to attract their attention. Gravity estimates made in adjacent creations indicated that space materializations were taking place in the Andronover regions, but that was all.

57:2.3 700,000,000,000 years ago the Andronover system was assuming gigantic proportions, and additional physical controllers were dispatched to nine surrounding material creations to afford support and supply co-operation to the power centers of this new material system which was so rapidly evolving. At this distant date all of the material bequeathed to the subsequent creations was held within the confines of this gigantic space wheel, which continued ever to whirl and, after reaching its maximum of diameter, to whirl faster and faster as it continued to condense and contract.

57:2.4 600,000,000,000 years ago the height of the Andronover energy-mobilization period was attained; the nebula had acquired its maximum of mass. At this time it was a gigantic circular gas cloud in shape somewhat like a flattened spheroid. This was the early period of differential mass formation and varying revolutionary velocity. Gravity and other influences were about to begin their work of converting space gases into organized matter.

57:3.1 The enormous nebula now began gradually to assume the spiral form and to become clearly visible to the astronomers of even distant universes. This is the natural history of most nebulae; before they begin to throw off suns and start upon the work of universe building, these secondary space nebulae are usually observed as spiral phenomena

57:3.2 The near-by star students of that faraway era, as they observed this metamorphosis of the Andronover nebula, saw exactly what twentieth-century astronomers see when they turn their telescopes spaceward and view the present-age spiral nebulae of adjacent outer space.

57:3.3 About the time of the attainment of the maximum of mass, the gravity control of the gaseous content commenced to weaken, and there ensued the stage of gas escapement, the gas streaming forth as two gigantic and distinct arms, which took origin on opposite sides of the mother mass. The rapid revolutions of this enormous central core soon imparted a spiral appearance to these two projecting gas streams. The cooling and subsequent condensation of portions of these protruding arms eventually produced their knotted appearance. These denser portions were vast systems and subsystems of physical matter whirling through space in the midst of the gaseous cloud of the nebula while being held securely within the gravity grasp of the mother wheel.

57:3.4 But the nebula had begun to contract, and the increase in the rate of revolution further lessened gravity control; and erelong, the outer gaseous regions began actually to escape from the immediate embrace of the nebular nucleus, passing out into space on circuits of irregular outline, returning to the nuclear regions to complete their circuits, and so on. But this was only a temporary stage of nebular progression. The ever-increasing rate of whirling was soon to throw enormous suns off into space on independent circuits.

57:3.5 And this is what happened in Andronover ages upon ages ago. The energy wheel grew and grew until it attained its maximum of expansion, and then, when contraction set in, it whirled on faster and faster until, eventually, the critical centrifugal stage was reached and the great breakup began.

57:3.6 500,000,000,000 years ago the first Andronover sun was born. This blazing streak broke away from the mother gravity grasp and tore out into space on an independent adventure in the cosmos of creation. Its orbit was determined by its path of escape. Such young suns quickly become spherical and start out on their long and eventful careers as the stars of space. Excepting terminal nebular nucleuses, the vast majority of Orvonton suns have had an analogous birth. These escaping suns pass through varied periods of evolution and subsequent universe service.

57:3.7 400,000,000,000 years ago began the recaptive period of the Andronover nebula. Many of the near-by and smaller suns were recaptured as a result of the gradual enlargement and further condensation of the mother nucleus. Very soon there was inaugurated the terminal phase of nebular condensation, the period which always precedes the final segregation of these immense space aggregations of energy and matter.

57:3.8 It was scarcely a million years subsequent to this epoch that Michael of Nebadon, a Creator Son of Paradise, selected this disintegrating nebula as the site of his adventure in universe building. Almost immediately the architectural worlds of Salvington and the one hundred constellation headquarters groups of planets were begun. It required almost one million years to complete these clusters of specially created worlds. The local system headquarters planets were constructed over a period extending from that time to about five billion years ago.

57:3.9 300,000,000,000 years ago the Andronover solar circuits were well established, and the nebular system was passing through a transient period of relative physical stability. About this time the staff of Michael arrived on Salvington, and the Uversa government of Orvonton extended physical recognition to the local universe of Nebadon.

57:3.10 200,000,000,000 years ago witnessed the progression of contraction and condensation with enormous heat generation in the Andronover central cluster, or nuclear mass. Relative space appeared even in the regions near the central mother-sun wheel. The outer regions were becoming more stabilized and better organized; some planets revolving around the newborn suns had cooled sufficiently to be suitable for life implantation. The oldest inhabited planets of Nebadon date from these times.

57:3.11 Now the completed universe mechanism of Nebadon first begins to function, and Michael's creation is registered on Uversa as a universe of inhabitation and progressive mortal ascension.

57:3.12 100,000,000,000 years ago the nebular apex of condensation tension was reached; the point of maximum heat tension was attained. This critical stage of gravity-heat contention sometimes lasts for ages, but sooner or later, heat wins the struggle with gravity, and the spectacular period of sun dispersion begins. And this marks the end of the secondary career of a space nebula.

Bible References

57:4.1 The primary stage of a nebula is circular; the secondary, spiral; the tertiary stage is that of the first sun dispersion, while the quartan embraces the second and last cycle of sun dispersion, with the mother nucleus ending either as a globular cluster or as a solitary sun functioning as the center of a terminal solar system.

57:4.2 75,000,000,000 years ago this nebula had attained the height of its sun-family stage. This was the apex of the first period of sun losses. The majority of these suns have since possessed themselves of extensive systems of planets, satellites, dark islands, comets, meteors, and cosmic dust clouds.

57:4.3 50,000,000,000 years ago this first period of sun dispersion was completed; the nebula was fast finishing its tertiary cycle of existence, during which it gave origin to 876,926 sun systems.

57:4.4 25,000,000,000 years ago witnessed the completion of the tertiary cycle of nebular life and brought about the organization and relative stabilization of the far-flung starry systems derived from this parent nebula. But the process of physical contraction and increased heat production continued in the central mass of the nebular remnant.

57:4.5 10,000,000,000 years ago the quartan cycle of Andronover began. The maximum of nuclear-mass temperature had been attained; the critical point of condensation was approaching. The original mother nucleus was convulsing under the combined pressure of its own internal-heat condensation tension and the increasing gravity-tidal pull of the surrounding swarm of liberated sun systems. The nuclear eruptions which were to inaugurate the second nebular sun cycle were imminent. The quartan cycle of nebular existence was about to begin.

57:4.6 8,000,000,000 years ago the terrific terminal eruption began. Only the outer systems are safe at the time of such a cosmic upheaval. And this was the beginning of the end of the nebula. This final sun disgorgement extended over a period of almost two billion years.

57:4.7 7,000,000,000 years ago witnessed the height of the Andronover terminal breakup. This was the period of the birth of the larger terminal suns and the apex of the local physical disturbances.

57:4.8 6,000,000,000 years ago marks the end of the terminal breakup and the birth of your sun, the fifty-sixth from the last of the Andronover second solar family. This final eruption of the nebular nucleus gave birth to 136,702 suns, most of them solitary orbs. The total number of suns and sun systems having origin in the Andronover nebula was 1,013,628. The number of the solar system sun is 1,013,572.

57:4.9 And now the great Andronover nebula is no more, but it lives on in the many suns and their planetary families which originated in this mother cloud of space. The final nuclear remnant of this magnificent nebula still burns with a reddish glow and continues to give forth moderate light and heat to its remnant planetary family of one hundred and sixty-five worlds, which now revolve about this venerable mother of two mighty generations of the monarchs of light.

57:5.1 5,000,000,000 years ago your sun was a comparatively isolated blazing orb, having gathered to itself most of the near-by circulating matter of space, remnants of the recent upheaval which attended its own birth.

57:5.2 Today, your sun has achieved relative stability, but its eleven and one-half year sunspot cycles betray that it was a variable star in its youth. In the early days of your sun the continued contraction and consequent gradual increase of temperature initiated tremendous convulsions on its surface. These titanic heaves required three and one-half days to complete a cycle of varying brightness. This variable state, this periodic pulsation, rendered your sun highly responsive to certain outside influences which were to be shortly encountered.

57:5.3 Thus was the stage of local space set for the unique origin of Monmatia, that being the name of your sun's planetary family, the solar system to which your world belongs. Less than one per cent of the planetary systems of Orvonton have had a similar origin.

57:5.4 4,500,000,000 y ears ago the enormous Angona system began its approach to the neighborhood of this solitary sun. The center of this great system was a dark giant of space, solid, highly charged, and possessing tremendous gravity pull.

57:5.5 As Angona more closely approached the sun, at moments of maximum expansion during solar pulsations, streams of gaseous material were shot out into space as gigantic solar tongues. At first these flaming gas tongues would invariably fall back into the sun, but as Angona drew nearer and nearer, the gravity pull of the gigantic visitor became so great that these tongues of gas would break off at certain points, the roots falling back into the sun while the outer sections would become detached to form independent bodies of matter, solar meteorites, which immediately started to revolve about the sun in elliptical orbits of their own.

57:5.6 As the Angona system drew nearer, the solar extrusions grew larger and larger; more and more matter was drawn from the sun to become independent circulating bodies in surrounding space. This situation developed for about five hundred thousand years until Angona made its closest approach to the sun; whereupon the sun, in conjunction with one of its periodic internal convulsions, experienced a partial disruption; from opposite sides and simultaneously, enormous volumes of matter were disgorged. From the Angona side there was drawn out a vast column of solar gases, rather pointed at both ends and markedly bulging at the center, which became permanently detached from the immediate gravity control of the sun.

57:5.7 This great column of solar gases which was thus separated from the sun subsequently evolved into the twelve planets of the solar system. The repercussional ejection of gas from the opposite side of the sun in tidal sympathy with the extrusion of this gigantic solar system ancestor, has since condensed into the meteors and space dust of the solar system, although much, very much, of this matter was subsequently recaptured by solar gravity as the Angona system receded into remote space.

57:5.8 Although Angona succeeded in drawing away the ancestral material of the solar system planets and the enormous volume of matter now circulating about the sun as asteroids and meteors, it did not secure for itself any of this solar matter. The visiting system did not come quite close enough to actually steal any of the sun's substance, but it did swing sufficiently close to draw off into the intervening space all of the material comprising the present-day solar system.

57:5.9 The five inner and five outer planets soon formed in miniature from the cooling and condensing nucleuses in the less massive and tapering ends of the gigantic gravity bulge which Angona had succeeded in detaching from the sun, while Saturn and Jupiter were formed from the more massive and bulging central portions. The powerful gravity pull of Jupiter and Saturn early captured most of the material stolen from Angona as the retrograde motion of certain of their satellites bears witness.

57:5.10 Jupiter and Saturn, being derived from the very center of the enormous column of superheated solar gases, contained so much highly heated sun material that they shone with a brilliant light and emitted enormous volumes of heat; they were in reality secondary suns for a short period after their formation as separate space bodies. These two largest of the solar system planets have remained largely gaseous to this day, not even yet having cooled off to the point of complete condensation or solidification.

57:5.11 The gas-contraction nucleuses of the other ten planets soon reached the stage of solidification and so began to draw to themselves increasing quantities of the meteoric matter circulating in near-by space. The worlds of the solar system thus had a double origin: nucleuses of gas condensation later on augmented by the capture of enormous quantities of meteors. Indeed they still continue to capture meteors, but in greatly lessened numbers.

57:5.12 The planets do not swing around the sun in the equatorial plane of their solar mother, which they would do if they had been thrown off by solar revolution. Rather, they travel in the plane of the Angona solar extrusion, which existed at a considerable angle to the plane of the sun's equator.

57:5.13 While Angona was unable to capture any of the solar mass, your sun did add to its metamorphosing planetary family some of the circulating space material of the visiting system. Due to the intense gravity field of Angona, its tributary planetary family pursued orbits of considerable distance from the dark giant; and shortly after the extrusion of the solar system ancestral mass and while Angona was yet in the vicinity of the sun, three of the major planets of the Angona system swung so near to the massive solar system ancestor that its gravitational pull, augmented by that of the sun, was sufficient to overbalance the gravity grasp of Angona and to permanently detach these three tributaries of the celestial wanderer.

57:5.14 All of the solar system material derived from the sun was originally endowed with a homogeneous direction of orbital swing, and had it not been for the intrusion of these three foreign space bodies, all solar system material would still maintain the same direction of orbital movement. As it was, the impact of the three Angona tributaries injected new and foreign directional forces into the emerging solar system with the resultant appearance of retrograde motion. Retrograde motion in any astronomic system is always accidental and always appears as a result of the collisional impact of foreign space bodies. Such collisions may not always produce retrograde motion, but no retrograde ever appears except in a system containing masses which have diverse origins.

Bible References

57:6.1 Subsequent to the birth of the solar system a period of diminishing solar disgorgement ensued. Decreasingly, for another five hundred thousand years, the sun continued to pour forth diminishing volumes of matter into surrounding space. But during these early times of erratic orbits, when the surrounding bodies made their nearest approach to the sun, the solar parent was able to recapture a large portion of this meteoric material.

57:6.2 The planets nearest the sun were the first to have their revolutions slowed down by tidal friction. Such gravitational influences also contribute to the stabilization of planetary orbits while acting as a brake on the rate of planetary-axial revolution, causing a planet to revolve ever slower until axial revolution ceases, leaving one hemisphere of the planet always turned toward the sun or larger body, as is illustrated by the planet Mercury and by the moon, which always turns the same face toward Urantia.

57:6.3 When the tidal frictions of the moon and the earth become equalized, the earth will always turn the same hemisphere toward the moon, and the day and month will be analogous—in length about forty-seven days. When such stability of orbits is attained, tidal frictions will go into reverse action, no longer driving the moon farther away from the earth but gradually drawing the satellite toward the planet. And then, in that far-distant future when the moon approaches to within about eleven thousand miles of the earth, the gravity action of the latter will cause the moon to disrupt, and this tidal-gravity explosion will shatter the moon into small particles, which may assemble about the world as rings of matter resembling those of Saturn or may be gradually drawn into the earth as meteors.

57:6.4 If space bodies are similar in size and density, collisions may occur. But if two space bodies of similar density are relatively unequal in size, then, if the smaller progressively approaches the larger, the disruption of the smaller body will occur when the radius of its orbit becomes less than two and one-half times the radius of the larger body. Collisions among the giants of space are rare indeed, but these gravity-tidal explosions of lesser bodies are quite common.

57:6.5 Shooting stars occur in swarms because they are the fragments of larger bodies of matter which have been disrupted by tidal gravity exerted by near-by and still larger space bodies. Saturn's rings are the fragments of a disrupted satellite. One of the moons of Jupiter is now approaching dangerously near the critical zone of tidal disruption and, within a few million years, will either be claimed by the planet or will undergo gravity-tidal disruption. The fifth planet of the solar system of long, long ago traversed an irregular orbit, periodically making closer and closer approach to Jupiter until it entered the critical zone of gravity-tidal disruption, was swiftly fragmentized, and became the present-day cluster of asteroids.

57:6.6 4,000,000,000 years ago witnessed the organization of the Jupiter and Saturn systems much as observed today except for their moons, which continued to increase in size for several billions of years. In fact, all of the planets and satellites of the solar system are still growing as the result of continued meteoric captures.

57:6.7 3,500,000,000 years ago the condensation nucleuses of the other ten planets were well formed, and the cores of most of the moons were intact, though some of the smaller satellites later united to make the present-day larger moons. This age may be regarded as the era of planetary assembly.

57:6.8 3,000,000,000 years ago the solar system was functioning much as it does today. Its members continued to grow in size as space meteors continued to pour in upon the planets and their satellites at a prodigious rate.

57:6.9 About this time your solar system was placed on the physical registry of Nebadon and given its name, Monmatia.

57:6.10 2,500,000,000 years ago the planets had grown immensely in size. Urantia was a well-developed sphere about one tenth its present mass and was still growing rapidly by meteoric accretion.

57:6.11 All of this tremendous activity is a normal part of the making of an evolutionary world on the order of Urantia and constitutes the astronomic preliminaries to the setting of the stage for the beginning of the physical evolution of such worlds of space in preparation for the life adventures of time.

57:7.1 Throughout these early times the space regions of the solar system were swarming with small disruptive and condensation bodies, and in the absence of a protective combustion atmosphere such space bodies crashed directly on the surface of Urantia. These incessant impacts kept the surface of the planet more or less heated, and this, together with the increased action of gravity as the sphere grew larger, began to set in operation those influences which gradually caused the heavier elements, such as iron, to settle more and more toward the center of the planet.

57:7.2 2,000,000,000 years ago the earth began decidedly to gain on the moon. Always had the planet been larger than its satellite, but there was not so much difference in size until about this time, when enormous space bodies were captured by the earth. Urantia was then about one fifth its present size and had become large enough to hold the primitive atmosphere which had begun to appear as a result of the internal elemental contest between the heated interior and the cooling crust.

57:7.3 Definite volcanic action dates from these times. The internal heat of the earth continued to be augmented by the deeper and deeper burial of the radioactive or heavier elements brought in from space by the meteors. The study of these radioactive elements will reveal that Urantia is more than one billion years old on its surface. The radium clock is your most reliable timepiece for making scientific estimates of the age of the planet, but all such estimates are too short because the radioactive materials open to your scrutiny are all derived from the earth's surface and hence represent Urantia's comparatively recent acquirements of these elements.

57:7.4 1,500,000,000 years ago the earth was two thirds its present size, while the moon was nearing its present mass. Earth's rapid gain over the moon in size enabled it to begin the slow robbery of the little atmosphere which its satellite originally had.

57:7.5 Volcanic action is now at its height. The whole earth is a veritable fiery inferno, the surface resembling its earlier molten state before the heavier metals gravitated toward the center. This is the volcanic age. Nevertheless, a crust, consisting chiefly of the comparatively lighter granite, is gradually forming. The stage is being set for a planet which can someday support life.

57:7.6 The primitive planetary atmosphere is slowly evolving, now containing some water vapor, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen chloride, but there is little or no free nitrogen or free oxygen. The atmosphere of a world in the volcanic age presents a queer spectacle. In addition to the gases enumerated it is heavily charged with numerous volcanic gases and, as the air belt matures, with the combustion products of the heavy meteoric showers which are constantly hurtling in upon the planetary surface. Such meteoric combustion keeps the atmospheric oxygen very nearly exhausted, and the rate of meteoric bombardment is still tremendous.

57:7.7 Presently, the atmosphere became more settled and cooled sufficiently to start precipitation of rain on the hot rocky surface of the planet. For thousands of years Urantia was enveloped in one vast and continuous blanket of steam. And during these ages the sun never shone upon the earth's surface.

57:7.8 Much of the carbon of the atmosphere was abstracted to form the carbonates of the various metals which abounded in the superficial layers of the planet. Later on, much greater quantities of these carbon gases were consumed by the early and prolific plant life.

57:7.9 Even in the later periods the continuing lava flows and the incoming meteors kept the oxygen of the air almost completely used up. Even the early deposits of the soon appearing primitive ocean contain no colored stones or shales. And for a long time after this ocean appeared, there was virtually no free oxygen in the atmosphere; and it did not appear in significant quantities until it was later generated by the seaweeds and other forms of vegetable life.

57:7.10 The primitive planetary atmosphere of the volcanic age affords little protection against the collisional impacts of the meteoric swarms. Millions upon millions of meteors are able to penetrate such an air belt to smash against the planetary crust as solid bodies. But as time passes, fewer and fewer prove large enough to resist the ever-stronger friction shield of the oxygen-enriching atmosphere of the later eras.

Bible References

57:8.1 1,000,000,000 years ago is the date of the actual beginning of Urantia history. The planet had attained approximately its present size. And about this time it was placed upon the physical registries of Nebadon and given its name, Urantia.

57:8.2 The atmosphere, together with incessant moisture precipitation, facilitated the cooling of the earth's crust. Volcanic action early equalized internal-heat pressure and crustal contraction; and as volcanoes rapidly decreased, earthquakes made their appearance as this epoch of crustal cooling and adjustment progressed.

57:8.3 The real geologic history of Urantia begins with the cooling of the earth's crust sufficiently to cause the formation of the first ocean. Water-vapor condensation on the cooling surface of the earth, once begun, continued until it was virtually complete. By the end of this period the ocean was world-wide, covering the entire planet to an average depth of over one mile. The tides were then in play much as they are now observed, but this primitive ocean was not salty; it was practically a fresh-water covering for the world. In those days, most of the chlorine was combined with various metals, but there was enough, in union with hydrogen, to render this water faintly acid.

57:8.4 At the opening of this faraway era, Urantia should be envisaged as a water-bound planet. Later on, deeper and hence denser lava flows came out upon the bottom of the present Pacific Ocean, and this part of the water-covered surface became considerably depressed. The first continental land mass emerged from the world ocean in compensatory adjustment of the equilibrium of the gradually thickening earth's crust.

57:8.5 950,000,000 years ago Urantia presents the picture of one great continent of land and one large body of water, the Pacific Ocean. Volcanoes are still widespread and earthquakes are both frequent and severe. Meteors continue to bombard the earth, but they are diminishing in both frequency and size. The atmosphere is clearing up, but the amount of carbon dioxide continues large. The earth's crust is gradually stabilizing.

57:8.6 It was at about this time that Urantia was assigned to the system of Satania for planetary administration and was placed on the life registry of Norlatiadek. Then began the administrative recognition of the small and insignificant sphere which was destined to be the planet whereon Michael would subsequently engage in the stupendous undertaking of mortal bestowal, would participate in those experiences which have since caused Urantia to become locally known as the " world of the cross. "

57:8.7 900,000,000 y ears ago witnessed the arrival on Urantia of the first Satania scouting party sent out from Jerusem to examine the planet and make a report on its adaptation for a life-experiment station. This commission consisted of twenty-four members, embracing Life Carriers, Lanonandek Sons, Melchizedeks, seraphim, and other orders of celestial life having to do with the early days of planetary organization and administration.

57:8.8 After making a painstaking survey of the planet, this commission returned to Jerusem and reported favorably to the System Sovereign, recommending that Urantia be placed on the life-experiment registry. Your world was accordingly registered on Jerusem as a decimal planet, and the Life Carriers were notified that they would be granted permission to institute new patterns of mechanical, chemical, and electrical mobilization at the time of their subsequent arrival with life transplantation and implantation mandates.

57:8.9 In due course arrangements for the planetary occupation were completed by the mixed commission of twelve on Jerusem and approved by the planetary commission of seventy on Edentia. These plans, proposed by the advisory counselors of the Life Carriers, were finally accepted on Salvington. Soon thereafter the Nebadon broadcasts carried the announcement that Urantia would become the stage whereon the Life Carriers would execute their sixtieth Satania experiment designed to amplify and improve the Satania type of the Nebadon life patterns.

57:8.10 Shortly after Urantia was first recognized on the universe broadcasts to all Nebadon, it was accorded full universe status. Soon thereafter it was registered in the records of the minor and the major sector headquarters planets of the superuniverse; and before this age was over, Urantia had found entry on the planetary-life registry of Uversa.

57:8.11 This entire age was characterized by frequent and violent storms. The early crust of the earth was in a state of continual flux. Surface cooling alternated with immense lava flows. Nowhere can there be found on the surface of the world anything of this original planetary crust. It has all been mixed up too many times with extruding lavas of deep origins and admixed with subsequent deposits of the early world-wide ocean.

57:8.12 Nowhere on the surface of the world will there be found more of the modified remnants of these ancient preocean rocks than in northeastern Canada around Hudson Bay. This extensive granite elevation is composed of stone belonging to the preoceanic ages. These rock layers have been heated, bent, twisted, upcrumpled, and again and again have they passed through these distorting metamorphic experiences.

57:8.13 Throughout the oceanic ages, enormous layers of fossil-free stratified stone were deposited on this ancient ocean bottom. (Limestone can form as a result of chemical precipitation; not all of the older limestone was produced by marine-life deposition.) In none of these ancient rock formations will there be found evidences of life; they contain no fossils unless, by some chance, later deposits of the water ages have become mixed with these older prelife layers.

57:8.14 The earth's early crust was highly unstable, but mountains were not in process of formation. The planet contracted under gravity pressure as it formed. Mountains are not the result of the collapse of the cooling crust of a contracting sphere; they appear later on as a result of the action of rain, gravity, and erosion.

57:8.15 The continental land mass of this era increased until it covered almost ten per cent of the earth's surface. Severe earthquakes did not begin until the continental mass of land emerged well above the water. When they once began, they increased in frequency and severity for ages. For millions upon millions of years earthquakes have diminished, but Urantia still has an average of fifteen daily.

57:8.16 850,000,000 years ago the first real epoch of the stabilization of the earth's crust began. Most of the heavier metals had settled down toward the center of the globe; the cooling crust had ceased to cave in on such an extensive scale as in former ages. There was established a better balance between the land extrusion and the heavier ocean bed. The flow of the subcrustal lava bed became well-nigh world-wide, and this compensated and stabilized the fluctuations due to cooling, contracting, and superficial shifting.

57:8.17 Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes continued to diminish in frequency and severity. The atmosphere was clearing of volcanic gases and water vapor, but the percentage of carbon dioxide was still high.

57:8.18 Electric disturbances in the air and in the earth were also decreasing. The lava flows had brought to the surface a mixture of elements which diversified the crust and better insulated the planet from certain space-energies. And all of this did much to facilitate the control of terrestrial energy and to regulate its flow as is disclosed by the functioning of the magnetic poles.

57:8.19 800,000,000 years ago witnessed the inauguration of the first great land epoch, the age of increased continental emergence.

57:8.20 Since the condensation of the earth's hydrosphere, first into the world ocean and subsequently into the Pacific Ocean, this latter body of water should be visualized as then covering nine tenths of the earth's surface. Meteors falling into the sea accumulated on the ocean bottom, and meteors are, generally speaking, composed of heavy materials. Those falling on the land were largely oxidized, subsequently worn down by erosion, and washed into the ocean basins. Thus the ocean bottom grew increasingly heavy, and added to this was the weight of a body of water at some places ten miles deep.

57:8.21 The increasing downthrust of the Pacific Ocean operated further to upthrust the continental land mass. Europe and Africa began to rise out of the Pacific depths along with those masses now called Australia, North and South America, and the continent of Antarctica, while the bed of the Pacific Ocean engaged in a further compensatory sinking adjustment. By the end of this period almost one third of the earth's surface consisted of land, all in one continental body.

57:8.22 With this increase in land elevation the first climatic differences of the planet appeared. Land elevation, cosmic clouds, and oceanic influences are the chief factors in climatic fluctuation. The backbone of the Asiatic land mass reached a height of almost nine miles at the time of the maximum land emergence. Had there been much moisture in the air hovering over these highly elevated regions, enormous ice blankets would have formed; the ice age would have arrived long before it did. It was several hundred millions of years before so much land again appeared above water.

57:8.23 750,000,000 years ago the first breaks in the continental land mass began as the great north-and-south cracking, which later admitted the ocean waters and prepared the way for the westward drift of the continents of North and South America, including Greenland. The long east-and-west cleavage separated Africa from Europe and severed the land masses of Australia, the Pacific Islands, and Antarctica from the Asiatic continent.

57:8.24 700,000,000 years ago Urantia was approaching the ripening of conditions suitable for the support of life. The continental land drift continued; increasingly the ocean penetrated the land as long fingerlike seas providing those shallow waters and sheltered bays which are so suitable as a habitat for marine life.

57:8.25 650,000,000 years ago witnessed the further separation of the land masses and, in consequence, a further extension of the continental seas. And these waters were rapidly attaining that degree of saltiness which was essential to Urantia life.

57:8.26 It was these seas and their successors that laid down the life records of Urantia, as subsequently discovered in well-preserved stone pages, volume upon volume, as era succeeded era and age grew upon age. These inland seas of olden times were truly the cradle of evolution.

57:8.27 [Presented by a Life Carrier, a member of the original Urantia Corps and now a resident observer.]

WILL the world end later this year? In mid-August, in a chamber deep underneath the Swiss-French border, physicists will switch on a machine that might produce the first man-made black holes. Normally only found in outer space, these high-gravity objects have a reputation for devouring all matter in their vicinity — and they only stop when the food runs out. Could the Earth's first black hole also end up being its last, after it sucks in the chamber, the physicists, and the entire planet?

The possibility has had some press lately because two people are so concerned by this whoops-apocalypse scenario they've taken legal action against CERN, the European agency doing the experiment. The two litigants claim researchers haven't done the appropriate risk assessments for this mother of all science experiments.

The experiment will be carried out with the most powerful atom-smasher ever built — the Large Hadron Collider. In a few months' time, the machine will push bunches of subatomic particles round and round a 27-kilometre-long ring at almost light speed, and then bring them into a head-on collision. Rising from the debris of the impact, according to some theories, could be minuscule black holes.

Now, the CERN scientists calculate that the baby black holes' existence will be fleeting. So fleeting, in fact, they'll evaporate almost the instant they form, long before they've had a chance to gobble down the collider or any physicists. (Although they will hang around long enough for measurements to be made, allowing researchers to make some remarkable discoveries about the cosmos.) The physics community says the chance of the particle accelerator inadvertently becoming some sort of doomsday device is almost zero. But the interesting thing is, the probability is not exactly zero, so critics argue the possibility can't be ruled out absolutely.

If you're familiar with risk assessment forms, you'll have noticed there's no section for calculating accidental Armageddon. But, in what must be one of the strangest papers published in the science journal Nature, a couple of mathematical physicists have come up with a way to roughly estimate the probability that a tinkering physicist will slip up and obliterate the world. It turns out the chance of such a cosmic calamity in any one year is less than a trillion to one. But is that risk low enough?

Dealing with low risk is an issue that not only applies to atom smashers: it's relevant to every new technology that's developed. Whether it be genetically modified foods, mobile phones or new medical procedures, no matter how much testing is done it's simply not possible to prove that anything is 100% safe.

Critics point out that one way of putting any risk into context, including the collider risk, is to work out just how bad the consequences of an accident would be. Having your entire planet slurped into a hole in the space-time continuum is a fairly high-impact outcome. And, according to an even more extreme (but highly speculative) theory, that may not be the worst of it.

The atom-smasher could unexpectedly cause what physicists innocuously describe as "a transition to a lower vacuum state". The consequence of this brand new vacuum state would be a wave of obliteration emanating from the Earth at the speed of light that would eventually annihilate the observable universe. Now that'd be a cosmic cock-up!

Should the physicists be stopped from switching on their machine? Well, it's important to keep in mind that there are plenty of wild theories out there in physics, and most of them are eventually proved untrue. Plus, odds of less than a trillion to one are pretty low. For example, the chances of civilisation being destroyed by a killer asteroid from space are way higher.

And the Nature paper outlines another scenario that is far more likely than any scientist bringing on doomsday. It turns out nature has her own atom-smashers. Particles travelling near the speed of light are continually whizzing through the galaxy. These cosmic rays crash into the atoms in our planet's atmosphere with an impact far greater than will be achieved by the CERN atom-smasher.

Nature's atom-smashing experiments have been going on for the 4½ billion years the Earth has been around and no world-ending black holes have been created so far. Indeed, the paper in Nature estimates that the risk of one of these natural particle colliders ending the world is 1000 times greater than the chance of us doing it.

Of course physicists should be able to switch on their collider and start making some of the remarkable discoveries about our universe that await. The machine promises to explore exciting territory: finding more of the cosmos' fundamental building blocks, for example, and perhaps even unearthing new hidden dimensions.

Graham Phillips is the presenter of ABC TV's Catalyst and a former astrophysicist. This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Orginal Site

Subsequent to the publication of the Ets and the Global Connection in Leading Edge #89, we did an interview with Alex Collier in order to ask some followup questions and try to gain further insight into the paradigm involved. The following is the result of our interview.

More on the Magnetic Color-Sound Frequency

Val: One question that arises as a result of analysis of the material in your Dallas lecture involves a further exploration of the concept of the magnetic color-sound frequency emanating from black holes. In your Dallas lecture, you said that this particular activity began a short time ago.

AC: I don't know that I know much more than I've already said, but I'll go through it again. According to Morenae, on March 23rd of 1994 a color and sound frequency apparently started emanating from the black holes. It is of such a high vibration that it is literally invisible to us. It is not, however, invisible to those in other dimensions or to those who are technologically advanced enough to be able to register this energy. Now, they have said all along that the universe that we physically see is only 21 billion years old.

The space in which our universe is in, which is only one layer in many dimensions which they call "consciousness", is a 21 trillion year old holograph. This new frequency which is coming out of the 3rd density black holes spans the entire range of the holograph of the universe, and it is literally creating a new holographic idea. They are calling this new holograph "the 12th", and they have said to me that it is literally bringing all the dimensions together. Third density is beginning to implode on itself.

Val: Drunvalo Melchizedek at one time in the Flower of Life discourse made some statements on what he thought people might objectively see when a dimensional interface was in progress. I mean, the physical picture that people would observe when this was happening. Do you have any ideas about this, or have the Andromedans stated anything about this? Would there be objects appear that have unusual colors, or things that appear and disappear? Have they ever told you what to expect, beyond the increased appearance of ghostly phenomena as time progresses?

AC: Well, certainly they have said that, but in their opinion the closer we get to fifth density, we shall see that. In their perspective, fourth density is a consciousness. This is one of the blinds of metaphysics that is being taught here on Earth.

Val: Blinds?

AC: It's a misteaching.

Val: Please explain.
 

A Misteaching In Metaphysics

AC: All right. Fourth density is a unified consciousness. As we move into fourth density, we will become more in tune, not only with the Earth, but with each other. We will know something is going on without having to look at television or listen to the radio. We will start to feel it, and we will literally have conversations "in our heads" with loved ones long gone or in other parts of the world. It will be confirmed that what we call "daydreaming" is a real occurrence.

They said that this is going to happen more and more as we get closer to fourth density. Many of the children under the age of 14, as we go into fourth density, are going to start speaking ancient dialects, and have no explanation as to how they know it. Children and adults will be discovering archeological sites all over the world. New inventions will come out of nowhere. People will be able to draw sophisticated diagrams.

Many racial memories embodying extraterrestrial origins will start to come up as a result of the genetics that each one of us carries. Certain memories will start to come up, and they have said that some of those memories will not be "ours", but instead have their origin within the genetics that have been "attached" to us.

Val: By these 22 extraterrestrial races that have had a part to play in the evolution of the human body.

AC: Right. Now, this is occurring already, and so many people are angry. Much of the anger that is coming up in young people is because some of this DNA is "unlocking", and they don't know what to do with the energy, because third density is compressing.

Val: Well, then, what would one advise teens to do?

AC: The Andromendans never really got into this area. I'll have to get back to them about this, but I am certain it will have to do with setting up a "system of expression".

Val: Most probably. I know that culturally this society is lacking in viable systems of expression that have been thwarted by technological "evolution". So, a perceptual change where one sees bizarre visual things would not occur until we begin to go into fifth density?

AC: Yes, we will first start to see what we think are ghosts or spirit guides. Some of us on the planet (and there are already five who can do this) will be moving in and out between fourth and fifth density almost at will. They will be able to teleport to different places on the planet. We're talking about hundreds of thousands of people. If they're right, this will mean we'll be going through some remarkable shifts. If they're right.

Q Getting back to other planets and other societies, what would you like to say?

AC: There is so much life out there. There is an abundance of life. There is apparently plant and animal life on the planet Uranus.

Val: But it exists at a different frequency.

AC: Yes, and some of it is identical to what we have on Earth on this frequency.

 

General Trends of Humanoid Races in the Universe

Val: How about humanoid races and societies, in comparison to us? The society on Earth has a manipulative base historically grounded in the Orion system. What about things on the opposite side of the coin? What is the "norm" in space societies, insofar as you are aware of?

AC: Well, the "norm" is definitely "light". You know, self-rule and self-responsibility. The thing that is going on in our particular part of the galaxy, which includes 21 systems, concerns the idea of tyranny. What is interesting about this is that the area in which this tyranny is occurring is a very very old area. It has been colonized for a long time, and it has been under control of some of the oldest races, like the Alpha Draconians.

They were the first race to have space travel in our galaxy and were remarkable builders, but their species multiplied so rapidly that they decided to conquer other races to make room for them. Our race, the Earth human race, was literally created by a group that came down from a dimensional realm, and these were the Paa Tal. This verbal expression called Paa Tal is actually of Draconian origin.

Val: So in actuality the genetics comprising the human body are a composite from around the galaxy, but the spiritual entities occupying human bodies are literally the Paa Tal?

AC: Right.

Val: So, are there any Paa Tal occupying reptilian bodies?

AC: I don't know.

Val: That would be an interesting twist on events. If there is a huge time-loop, maybe the reptilians actually came from "now", and swung back 4 billion years and started something there.

AC: Interesting. Anything is certainly possible. So, anyway, how the humans in this galaxy apparently found out about the Paa Tal was that somehow they were able to get ahold of ancient Draconian records. Now, the Draconians are apparently extremely private about their lineage and their history. Everythings "a secret". They have family "houses" of lineage they are very proud of.

Val: Sort of like the Klingons on Star Trek.

AC: Probably similar. Anyway, they found out about the Draconian legends which speak of a time where a group of beings came out of "nowhere" and created a race to war against and challenge the Draconian sovereignty.

Val: Of the universe?

AC: Well, no. We only see a small part of the universe. Even if you look at the part of the universe we can see physically, they say there are 100 trillion galaxies. So, the Draconians are not everywhere. There are a lot of them here, and this is one of the areas that is causing a problem.

 

General Observations on Andromedan Society

 

Val: What have you observed about Andromedan society?

AC: Well, I will give you the most striking things. They're incredibly happy. There is a peace, tranquillity and humbleness about them as a race .... it's more of a feeling... an emotion. They are not like us. Morenae is the only one who has gone to the trouble to physically learn how to use spoken language. Vissaeus has always been telepathic. The others do not talk. They just watch.

Val: You probably feel like you are "under a microscope".

AC: You can "feel" them listening to your mind, but they don't infringe. Val, it's very hard to explain. Let me give you an example. If you knew somebody was spying on you, and you went about your daily business mowing your lawn and throwing the trash away, you would be ignoring them even though you knew they were spying on you. That's what it's like. I don't have a problem with that because I know that they're trying to learn about us. Many of the ET's hold us in awe, and they are fascinated by us. The thing that fascinates them the most about us is our extreme range of emotion. They are awed because emotion is such an incredible creative force.

Val: Albeit coercively misdirected.

AC: Yes. Now, the Andromedans themselves are not very emotional. In other words, you can feel their emotion, but when it comes to expressing it, they all appear to be very stoic.

Val: What?

AC: They don't show it.

Val: Oh.

AC: I mean, they are very straight-faced. It's like they are "all business" even though you can sense the emotions. I remember when I first started having contact and I was taken to a place where there were Andromedan children, who moved away from me because I was Earth. Now, the children are taught about the different worlds and races, and because of the Andromedan holographic technology, it's easy for them to create environments where their children really know and experience what Earth humans are like.

Val: Well, what are they like amongst themselves?

AC: They are very much like us, except that there is always absolute silence. The children are not real expressive. They don't run and jump around all the time. They have a lot of self-control. When they do run, they don't bend their knees, like the Japanese or Chinese. There is a lot of smiling, but there is not deep laughter. It is as if you were going to a "mute class."

Val: What is the pairing like in relationships?

AC: Well, there are three sexes. Male, female and androgenous. What is interesting is that the androgenous beings tend to be teachers. In the middle of their mother ships there are huge parks. In the ship I was on, the park was 25 miles square.

Val: Can I safely assume that they do not have a social "power structure" because they exercise personal self-control? They don't need an external political power structure?

AC: I have never seen that. No. There is what we would call a "science team", that can also move into a military role if it needs to. The Andromedans go to school for over 150 to 170 earth years, and they are taught all the sciences, arts, and everything. They participate in those fields, doing the actual work, while they learn. Then, they have an opportunity to teach what they've learned to the young ones. The oldest and wisest teach the youngest what they know. They express this concept as the "law of consistency." The young ones gain the benefit from most of the knowledge of the entire race.

Val: Do they consume food?

AC: I have seen them eat fruit, which they grow on the ships, but for the most part all I have seen them eat are little green tablets. It's kind of like an alfalfa tablet, but it has a really wicked taste. I volunteered to eat it, and Morenae cautioned me against it. I took half and tablet and chewed on it and immediately threw up, right there on the ship. He told me it was because of the oxygen that was in the tablet.

Val: Do they have blue blood?

AC: Yes, they do.

Val: So, that would mean their blood is copper-based?

AC: Correct. You are the first person to ask me that.

Val: So, they must come from a binary star system.

AC: Yes, they do. They say quite a few of them are binary systems.

Val: And our system here is binary, but on a different frequency where Jupiter is a sun on the fifth density?

AC: Yes.

Val: So, on a different density, our Sun might not be a sun, possibly?

AC: Possibly.

Val: Well, what is our Earth in the fifth density. It is already there on the fifth, or is it a transformative process from the third?

AC: Right now, the Earth in the fifth density consists of a huge blue halo.

Val: So, on the fifth density, Earth is a "budding creation" ready to manifest itself into physicality?

AC: Yes.

Val: So, what else is interesting about Andromedan society?

AC: In everything they do, nothing is ever wasted. In other words, all of the things they do involve education. It's almost as if everything they do is geared to "stretch" them more, challenge them more, and make them a more intelligent, more understanding, aware race. What is really interesting is that they are absolutely not competitive in any way. It's something that comes from each one of them individually. All of their social functions are focused on education and not distraction.

Val: Whereas the function of our society is exactly the opposite. No wonder it's going nowhere.

Val: Do they have any kind of pseudo-religious structure within their society, or is it simply an appreciation of the "is-ness" of the universe?

AC: I have never seen any activity like that. It is as if they are "plugged in" all the time. There is just a serenity that is part of the race itself. I think it was Paul the Apostle who said, "always be in prayer." That's what it's like. It's like they're always "in prayer".

Val: You said one time that their eye change color when they think or contemplate something.

AC: Their pupils change color. They tend to slant a little on the inside and outside, but for all intents and purposes they are round. It's like a cross of the "round-eye" and the oriental eye.

Val: That must be fascinating to watch.

AC: Well, I had a lot of trouble with it in the beginning. I was so focused not only on their eyes changing color, but with the flashes of color on their forehead between their eyes. I was so involved with this that I wasn't listening to what they were saying to me. They would have to repeat it over and over. They didn't understand why I wasn't paying attention to what they were saying.

Val: How tall is the average Andromedan?

AC: I have seen them as tall as nine feet. Morenae is about seven or eight feet tall. He says he weights the equivalent of 450 of our pounds.

Val: What is the shape of their skullcase?

AC: Just like ours. I have seen some of their very old females, where the skin gets whiter, and the skullcase tends to be elongated in the back. Most of the males look similar to us. They are all hairless.

Val: You must be quite a fascination for them, then.

AC: I have given quite a few strands of hair away.

 

Other Races Associated With Andromedans

 

Val: What other races do they associate with?

AC: They are very close with groups from Tau Ceti and from Cygnus Alpha. The group from Cygnus Alpha know a great deal about acoustic technology. They do a lot with sound.

Val: Phononic sound technology and optophotonic technology, here on Earth, are becoming part of the mind and behavior control program here.

AC: Some of those from Cygnus Alpha are here on Earth.

Val: Are they interfacing with the Earth groups dealing with this technology?

AC: No, they are totally isolated in very rural communities. They are over 1,400 human Et's here who are only observing that will be apparently leaving in the next couple of years.

Val: In order to meet the August 2003 deadline set by the Council?

AC: Yes. Many of the planets in the Andromedan system have water. Some of them are totally covered by water, and they live on the surface of the water and below these oceans. The dolphins that we have now on Earth are apparently a cross between a mammal from the Sirian system and one from the Cygnus Alpha system.

Val: What races have the Andromedans talked about to you?

AC: The Pleiadians, the Lyrans, the Arcturians, the Ciakars ....

 

The Draconian Royal Line

 

Val: Who are the Ciakars? (Pronounced See-kars).

AC: The royal line of the Alpha Draconians.

Val: The reptilians. Are those the ones that have the wings attached to their shoulders?

AC: Yes, and a very long tail.

Val: Ah ha. The pseudo-Biblical devil image.

AC: Yes. The Ciakar.

Val: I knew of their existence and what they looked like, but I never knew the name of the race until now. Interesting.

AC: The Ciakar are in fact a different race than the Alpha Draconians themselves. The ones that we know as the Draconians are a sub-race of the Ciakars. Other races mentioned by the Andromedans have been those from planets in the systems of Sirius A, B and C, where some planets are now being terraformed. The Reticulan system, Zeta 1 through 4, Cygnus Alpha, the Dals (the brown Greys), the Dows (the white Greys), groups from the system in what we call the constellation of Sagittarius, the Mintakians, groups from what we see as the constellation of Casseopius (who the Andromedans credit with saving their race at one time), Tau Ceti, the Alpha Centari system, and the Venaticians from the Canus Major area.

Val: It is curious why, when they would mention different races to you, they would bother to translate a multi-million light year difference in perspective relative to the way humans name Constellations, so as to pinpoint the origin of various races.

AC: They did it to accommodate me.

Val: There are a whole collection of species in all these areas. Besides assisting people here to understand that the universe is highly populated, what other purpose can this detailed information as to origin provide? It does have a tendency to confuse people who are still grasping at the idea that we are not alone. It could be overkill.

 

The "Rescue Mission"

 

AC: I understand that, but we're kind of under a time crunch here on Earth. My understanding is that the reason they gave me information regarding these races is that many of us have had experiences in these races in space. There is a hope, perhaps, to trigger unconscious memory in humans here on Earth. Also, many of these races are involved in the rescue mission.

Val: Rescue mission?

AC: The mission, if need be, to rescue us from either ourselves or destruction.

 

A Mystery in Andromedan Logic?

 

Val: I thought the basic concept was that we didn't need to be "saved" from anything - that how everything turns out, from the Andromedan perspective, is already a "done deal". We eventually "pass the test" and after 2003 everything is fine and the regressive tyranny is stamped out. I presume that is what is being inferred is that it is already a "done deal"? I mean, that's what is being inferred, isn't it?

AC: Yes.

Val: Well, if that's the case, how does one figure in this other propensity or thought pattern on the part of the Andromedans? I am trying to balance the two in my mind.

AC: I wrestle with that one myself. I honestly don't know. Apparently, certain things are predetermined but other things are not, and their might be a time where they need to come in and help us.

Val: That time would presumably be before or after August 12, 2003?

 

Galactic Interplay Behind the Scenes

 

AC: Or, around August 12, 2003. Many of these groups here are the ones who will be involved. The Tau Ceti group has wanted to invade this planet already and go after not only some of the regressives, but more importantly factions of the United States government. Apparently, one of the Tau Ceti race was shot down by the government and taken somewhere at an underground base in North Dakota where he was tortured. His organs were removed while he was still alive, one at a time. It was earth people that did this. Now, this Tau Cetian is a human being, and some of the Pleiadian and Andromedan groups literally had to step in and prevent the Cetians from coming in here and trying to protect this person.

Val: What other kind of interesting interplay has gone on behind the scenes lately? There are apparently a lot of skirmishes going on.

AC: A lot of it has involved the Pleiadians and the Greys. To my knowledge, it hasn't moved beyond those two groups going after each other. The Greys are trying to get out of here. I was told about a situation which occurred about two or three years ago. I was given information that a 21 mile long craft was seen leaving the equator from under the ocean. The Tau Cetians, the Pleiadians and a group from Zeta Reticuli I, who were not Service to Self, formed a triangular position to block this craft which was trying to get off Earth and evade the quarantine the Andromedan Council is trying to establish relative to alien races visiting the Earth. Anyway, they captured the craft, which belonged to the Dows (large white-skinned Greys). They were able to board the craft and they found 8,700 hybrid children.

Val: Human hybrid children. Grey-human hybrids?

AC: Yes.

Val: They were trying to get the hybrids off the planet even though the whole hybrid program is a lost cause?

 

Captured Human Souls

 

AC: Well, there's more. They also found more than 1,000 human children that had been placed in cryogenic stasis, and over 1,000,000 of these little boxes that contained the life forces of souls from Earth.

Val: Captured human souls.

AC: Souls.

Val: And what do they do with these souls?

AC: They feed off the energy radiated by the souls. What they are doing, Val, is that they are taking the life force and they are somehow siphoning it off a little at a time and feeding it to the hybrids in order to keep them alive, trying to keep them alive and create a soul in them.

Val: Meanwhile, what happens to the soul in the box?

AC: Morenae did not want to answer that question. The 1,000 human children that were taken off the craft were then transported to the Pleiadian system. The decision was apparently made that they could not come back to Earth after this experience with the Greys. I do not know what happened to the souls that were in those boxes.

Val: They would presumably have a way to release them, I would think.

AC: I would think so. I can remember Morenae saying that the Andromedans did not know that the Greys could do this and had this kind of technology.

Val: Now that they know about it, what now?

AC: I don't know. There is a lot they don't tell me.

Val: Well, I knew more than five years ago that the Greys had this kind of technology.

AC: Well, they are very frustrated. Morenae has said on numerous occasions that "it's just their time." The Greys are going to die out.

Val: What about us? We pass the test and those who do not go to fifth density create another 3rd density holographic reality to continue to play the game until they mature beyond that. In that light, what does happen to all of us?

AC: My understanding is that all of us become teachers.

Val: All of us?

AC: Yes. We all go to different parts of physicality in fifth density.

Val: And become teachers. Because of this experience we have had on Earth?

AC: Yes.

Val: You said that as things begin to "heat up" vibrationally here, we are going to have access to buried memory within the genetics. How is someone who is a "redneck" going to handle that?

AC: Ha. I haven't a clue. I am kind of worried on how I am going to handle it.

Val: And this is supposed to happen when?

AC: Between now and 2007. By 2009 there will be people on the planet going in and out of fourth and fifth density.

Val: On Star Trek and Deep Space Nine you see many different races mixing and interacting. Is that close to what is actually going on?

AC: It's very close to the truth, from what I understand.

Val: If that's the case, it makes it even harder to be satisfied with being here.

 

When the Dominos Start to Fall

 

AC: I can't tell you how many times I have not wanted to come back here. When these dominos start to fall, people will be flocking to contactees and people involved in the "UFO" fields for answers.

Val: And in many cases, these will be exactly the wrong people to ask.

AC: In many cases, but nobody else is talking to them. The government's attitude is that "the truth is a lie undiscovered." The people won't have any choice. They will be coming to people like yourself, who have integrity. You will find yourself in a leadership role. It's going to happen, and it really is as it should be. Some of those who these people will go to for answers will be Service-to-Self oriented, who will be "in it for the buck" or are into being "famous". That means nothing.

Val: That's mind boggling.

AC: Within a very short time, those of us who are talking about this will go from being looked at as "kooks" to being teachers, and all it will take is one mothership to park itself around the moon, or have a squadron of craft fly across the United States in the middle of the afternoon. That's all its going to take.

Val: A lot of people wandering around talking to themselves.

AC: That's a given, and these people are going to want some answers. The religious people will be the hardest-hit, because in many respects they are going to have the rug pulled right out from under them.

Val: Well, isn't this also the idea of the regressives? To allow this to happen for a manipulative advantage over the population?

AC: Yes.

 

Which Side of the Coin?

 

Val: So, one would never know which side of the coin it really was, if and when this does happen? How would one know?

AC: It's an intuition. However, the people in middle America who watch television re-runs every night won't know the difference. The average person who doesn't pay attention to what is going on in their world and what it is that they are creating will not be prepared for this.

Val: I would think excitement would push intuition right out the window. I think it would be a matter of keeping ones act together whether what we saw was positive or negative.

AC: Yes it would. The bottom line is that you won't know who you are or where you're going until you get there, and we're all going to be in that boat together.

Val: How soon will that be?

AC: It could be as early as April of 1997. It's probably going to be sooner, but April of 1997 I was told would be the highest probability.

Val: That's about the time Hale-Bopp arrives.

AC: Yes. Hale-Bopp will be here in February-March 1997.

Val: So, a lot of other things will happen around the same time.

AC: Yes.

 

World Leaders at Gizeh in 2000

 

Val: Do you have any take on this January 1, 2000 meeting of the world leaders at the pyramid at Gizeh?

AC: You have read Sitchin's work, yes?

Val: Yes.

AC: Remember when he makes reference to Anu?

Val: Yes.

AC: Well, supposedly Anu is supposed to come back at that time.

Val: Which is on the regressive side of the coin.

AC: Yes.

Val: And?

AC: And all the world leaders are supposed to be there to worship and adore him as the God of the Underworld.

Val: It sounds rather unexciting. Obviously, something must happen to Anu, considering how everything turns out later. It's only three years before the cut-off date for all extraterrestrials to be away from Earth. So, with that in mind, do you have any take on the events between 2000 and 2003 and what the progression of events may be?

AC: Oh, the earth will be going through a lot of changes. There will be new viruses to contend with, as well as famine and floods. We will also have wars, most of which will be fought over food and water. China is supposed to break up into separate countries in a vast civil war. China will end up using nuclear weapons within its own borders against itself.

Val: Now, this is curious. A lot of university work has been done that has come up with super crops, such as super corn and super wheat that could produce vast harvests. Harvard University studies have shown that the Earth can comfortably support 44 billion people using only 25% of the ice-free land to grow food. All this potential exists right now that they are not going to even use, because somebody wants it to happen this way.

 

A Higher Agenda Which Involves Us as Souls

 

AC: But, there's a much higher agenda here. It obviously involves us as souls, but it also has to do with something that is very strategic about this solar system. I will tell you why so many people are interested in this solar system. We have some strange planets here. Not only is Earth unique because of all the life forms here, but according to Morenae, when we as Paa Tal came down from a higher density to inhabit these bodies in third density, we used a type of vehicle to travel from where we were to where we are now. A type of vehicle. They say that the planet Jupiter was the vehicle we used.

Val: Which is also now a sun on fifth density.

AC: Yes.

Val: So, we brought our own potential black hole along with us.

AC: Our own escape hatch. Richard Hoagland is on to the hyperdimensional bizarreness of Jupiter, but he will never figure it out because he doesn't think along the lines of spirit, really.

AC: Well, he has set it up so that he has an academic position to defend. The credibility gap. I guess everybody has their niche.

AC: Yes. He just doesn't talk about those things. It all comes from spirit anyway.

Val: So, what happens next? Everything must turn out fine after 2003, because they're looking at from a position in time.

AC: Yes. We're going to go through some stuff, and I don't know how its exactly going to play out, but they have said on more than one occasion that they are very proud of us in the end, as a race.

Val: The end. Of the third density experiment?

AC: Yes.

Val: Which will be in linear terms?

AC: They told me that it would be on December 3, 2013.

Val: Tell me more about your understanding of dimensions.

AC: My understanding of dimensions is that each dimension is a holograph that vibrates at a higher color-sound frequency than others. Fifth density has a frequency scale of 214 colors, as opposed to the 73 color frequency spectrum we have here in third density.

Val: How does the mathematical progression go?

AC: I don't know, but it is a progression.
 

 

End of Interview

Just this past autumn, I was alerted to a HUGE new development in the story of the Philadelphia Experiment. Yesterday I found the documentation!

HISTORY OF THOMAS BROWN

As you may already know, Thomas Townsend Brown has an interesting story — he is one of the secret fathers of antigravity technology. The reason why his name was lost in the sands of time (at least as far as the mainstream is concerned) is simply that his work was classified for ‘national security’ purposes.

Nonetheless, working antigravity technology was discovered by Brown at least back in the 1920s — and possibly even earlier by Nikola Tesla.

Although there are many great references to Tesla, this link is unusually good — and it also contains the contents of Chapter 4 from the same book that we’ll be examining Chapter 7 of in this article, regarding the Philadelphia Experiment. We may draw on the information in this link for other articles later.

EVEN MORE STUNNING NEW INFORMATION

Dr. Townsend T. Brown discovered that strong electromagnetic fields produce an anti-gravity effect. Gradually his work got attention. You can see here one of his earlier prototypes, in the shape of a cylinder.

As I’ve written in Divine Cosmos, if you create a strong-enough flow of current between a negative and positive pole, you will get an anti-gravity ‘thrust’ that starts propelling your device in whatever direction the positive pole is pointing. Here’s a description of how this actually works in terms of the ‘flow’ of space-time ‘fabric’, as Einstein would call it:

This is actually a very simple physics principle and shows the hidden unity between gravity and electromagnetism. All that is required, ultimately, is high voltage — higher than we typically use in any household appliances.

In Brown’s designs, the negative pole is much larger than the positive pole. If you think of a UFO designed like this, you’d have the entire bottom of the ship be a negative plate, and the small sphere at the very top of the ship as the positive plate. You can navigate the ship by breaking up the negative plate into a series of pie-shaped sections and varying the current flow between them.

 

I met Mark McCandlish at the Disclosure Project event in May 2001, where he explained the above drawing as being an accurate rendition of an ‘Alien Reproduction Vehicle’ or ‘Flux-Liner’ already in use by various forces within the secret government.

SECRETS OF SPACE, TIME AND QUANTUM MECHANICS

Of course, Brown’s principle ties directly in with quantum mechanics as well. You have negatively-charged electron clouds and a positively-charged nucleus in the atom. In my Divine Cosmos model (and others I studied), the Biefield-Brown effect is what causes the electrons to rush into the nucleus.

Ultimately, to understand this physics you have to see all atoms and molecules as almost like ‘portals’ that a much greater source of energy is flowing into and through. All matter is constantly taking in this energy to replenish itself each and every moment — and if the flow was cut off, the object would disintegrate.

Remember Einstein’s discoveries that space and time are part of one unified ‘fabric’. This leads to the conclusion that an atom is simply a ‘displacement’ — a vortex — in space and time. All we have is a flow within space-time — an aperture through which the flow may occur.

Space-time starts out ‘flat,’ without curvature, and as you accelerate it towards the speed of light, the curvature increases. This curvature bends gravity along with it — though on the quantum level it is too small to be appreciated as part of the same basic force, so we would refer to it as the ‘weak force’, for example — one of the four basic fields in mainstream physics.

At the speed of light you create a torus — as you see in the next image. Space could now be thought of as the outside surface of the torus, and time as the inside.

 

 

What happens when you accelerate the curvature PAST the speed of light? The torus unrolls again — but now it is INSIDE OUT.

Time, which was on the INSIDE of the torus, has now moved to the OUTSIDE of the torus — the SURFACE.

What was once time has now become space.

Everything inverts. And as your velocity further increases (from our perspective) or decreases (from the other side’s perspective), the torus again flattens out, becoming a stable, inhabitable plane.

You have just created a gateway into ‘time-space’ — a parallel reality in which there are three dimensions of time (as we think of it) and one dimension of space (to our perspective.) Over there, the three dimensions of time become the space you move through, and experience as space — and the one dimension of space (to us) becomes the steady flow of time.

I know this is probably very confusing. This is actually where the ‘aetheric plane’ or ‘astral plane’ is located. It is literally the ‘inside out’ version of our own reality. Everything is inverted. A ‘particle’ here is a ‘wave’ over there, and vice versa. If you try to bring a piece of matter over there into our reality too abruptly, it turns inside-out very quickly and explodes. We would call this ‘anti-matter’ — so in a sense, time-space is the ‘antimatter plane’.

CRESCENDO

Anyway, with a strong enough high-voltage current, you can bend space PAST the ‘crossing point’ of light, and reach ‘crescendo’. At that point you have created a direct portal into time-space. When any person or thing in our reality transitions into time-space, it becomes invisible to our perspective.

A vortex into time-space may appear as a jet-black "hole" in the space in front of you, a slate-gray surface as in the case of certain stargate technologies, or as a mirage-like bubbling ‘lens’ effect within the room around you in other cases I’m aware of.

You can go THROUGH time-space to instantly travel anywhere in our space or time. There are many problems with this, however, and that gets into what went wrong with the Philadelphia Experiment. I can only scratch the surface as this is a very complex field of inquiry (pun intended). The more you read through the material on this site the more you’ll understand.

GRID NODES

Certain areas of the Earth have a much higher torsion-field flux — and these are known as ‘grid nodes.’ In these areas it is faster and easier to bend space, and thereby create anti-gravity AND ‘warp’ effects. Readers of the three Convergence books in the "Read Free Books Here" section of this website should be well aware of the Global Grid. The best treatment I gave of it was in Shift of the Ages, the first volume.

It seems that Norfolk, Virginia — the same latitude line and approximate location as Virginia Beach, where Edgar Cayce did his readings — is a key ‘vortex point’ on the Earth’s surface. With enough of a blast of high-intensity electromagnetic fields from the arc-welding going on in shipbuilding at the Norfolk Naval Shipyard, strange ‘warp’ effects were being observed.

As word of this reached the highest levels, the US government called Dr. Thomas Brown in to investigate — and it was from these observations that the Philadelphia Experiment was ultimately born.

LOST SCIENCE… FOUND!

My contact at the last conference told me that all the information about this could be found in Chapter Seven of Gerry Vassilatos’ book "Lost Science" — and much to my delight, I just found the text for the entire chapter online! I’ve tried to order the book at least once (which came highly recommended from other contacts) but it never actually shipped to me. Now all the relevant text is posted online.

Here’s the key part of the book, which is apparently based on at least two or three accurate insiders’ testimonies. I’ve introduced modern web-standard paragraph spacing to make it easier to read:

http://www.hbci.com/~wenonah/history/brown.htm

The increasing financial pressures of America’s Great Depression forced Dr. Brown to leave the NRL, sign with the Naval Reserve, and join the Civilian Conservation Corps in Ohio. In 1939 Dr. Brown became a lieutenant in the Reserve and, after brief employment with the Glenn L. Martin Company, was directed toward the Bureau of Ships. There he worked on the magnetic and acoustic aspects of warships.

It was during this time that Dr. Brown was to embark on an adventure, which would alter the path of his life forever. Many of the details and facts have been pieced together in a patchwork of intrigues.

Gleaned from several reputable science sources, the incident reached public awareness as the "Philadelphia Experiment". What sequence of events triggered the Naval Research Laboratories to investigate the possibility of optically "cloaking" vessels of war?

It all began when several Naval researchers were asked to investigate a peculiar phenomenon, which was plaguing a classified arc welding facility. This facility was classified because it protected a new Naval process for fabricating very durable armor plated hulls.

The spot-welding process employed an incredibly intense, high amperage discharge. The process was similar to modern MIG welding, but was conducted on a titanic scale. Electrical power for this welding process was supplied by a massive capacitor bank charged to high voltage. Several steel plates could be thoroughly welded by this process, the metal seams absolutely interpenetrated at the weld points.

So intensely dangerous was this electrical discharge that personnel were restricted from the site when once the parts had been configured for the weld. Hazardous charge conditions being the least worrisome aspect of the process, X-Ray energies were released in the blinding blue-white arc.

Applied by a heavily insulated mechanical arm, the arc was pressed to the plates by remote control, as power was stored in the capacitor bank. The safety signal being given, a lightning-like discharge absolutely rocked the facility. Radiation counters measured the intense release of X-Rays. The process was a new advance in Naval technology.

Neither the extreme electrical or radiation hazards obstructed deployment of the system to other Naval facilities. Safety precautions were at maximum levels. Workmen faced no hazard outside the welding chamber. But another group of strange phenomena began plaguing the facility… phenomena that had no reasonable explanation at all.

Researchers examined the site, separately asked workmen to confirm the rumors they were hearing, and watched the process for themselves in the control booth.

What they saw was truly unprecedented. With the electrical blast came an equally intense "optical blackout". The sudden shock of the intense electric weld impulse was indeed producing a mysterious optical blackening of perceptual space, an effect that was thought to be ocular in nature.

This peculiar "blackout" effect was believed to be a result of intense and complete retinal (rhodopsin) bleaching, a chemical response of the eye to intense "instantaneous" light impulse. This was the initial conventional answer. The more outrageous fact was that the effect permeated the control room, causing "retinal blackout" even when personnel were shielded by several protective walls.

Any effect, which could permeate walls and render personnel incapable of sensation in this manner, could be developed into a formidable weapon. The wall-permeating blackout was a neurological response, which paralyzed the whole physiology, rendering it incapable of response to outside stimuli. So it was thought at this point.

The research was earning and acquiring new levels of military classification by the day. Here was a possibly radiated phenomenon, which temporarily neutralized neural sensation, transmission, and response.

The weapons experts knew that any electric radiance, which could be substituted for a nerve gas, would offer a new military advantage. An extraordinary means for deploying the effect, the horrid energy could be "beamed" to any site. If properly controlled, entire platoons could be rendered unconscious in a single "swiping flash".

An unfortunate victim of such exposures was a certain William Shaver. Mr. Shaver worked as a Naval arc welder with much earlier and smaller hand-operated versions of this system. These systems employed intense impulses of low repetition frequency. After repeated exposures to this impulse energy, he began freely hallucinating. The result of neuronal damage, the centers of his will began shredding away.

This otherwise stable man ultimately lost his grips on reality, writing hundreds of pamphlets throughout his remaining years on the frightening topic of "beings from the underworld". It was subsequently discovered that exposure to sudden electrical impulses of intense potential and extremely low frequency produces a deadly nausea, in some cases even the neurological damage leading to eventual madness.

Careful examination of the effect before the NRL now proved perplexing. First, the "blackout effect" could be photographed as well as experienced. Therefore it was not a mere neurological response to some mysterious radiance. The blinding discharge was doing something to space itself. Researchers were now drawn into this project with a deep fascination.

The "blackout" effect drew equally intense interest by Naval officials for obvious military reasons. Careful study of research publications funded by NRL grants reveals an intense preoccupation with all such perception-related subjects.

But there were "other aspects" of the phenomenon which were chilling. Bizarre rumors were being shared by certain of the original weld-site workmen. Remember, these men were on the site throughout the period, which proceeded the project’s classification. They were privy to certain other phenomena, which had no rational explanations.

Personnel hoisted hull materials and braced the pieces in composite arrangements for the discharge operation to commence. The warning alarm sounding, all workers and inspection teams promptly left the site, frequently dropping tools and other implements where they stood.

Capacitor charging required several minutes. The switch thrown, a tremendous rocking explosion shook the site. The discharge produced the blackout effect, and when the room was declared officially "clear", workers returned to the chamber.

Workmen began noticing that tools and other weighty items, left on the floor or around the chamber, were somehow "misplaced" during the heavy arc discharge process. Imagining that these tools had been thrown into corners or possibly driven into walls by the room-rocking blasts, workers searched the entire welding facility. The tools and other materials could simply not be found (Puharich).

Now the mystery was intensifying to a degree, which demanded a complete study of the phenomenon from its first observation. Workmen were called in to report what they had seen, felt, and experienced. Repeated stories matched to such a degree that the "rumors" were now taken as "personal testimony".

The entire proceedings were so highly classified that military agents were not even aware of the study. What workmen told examiners was that their tools and other site materials were "disappearing", and disappearing "for good".

Foremen had scolded and ridiculed them repeatedly about this loss of materials and tools until experiencing it for themselves. One fact was clear, when the alarm blew and the discharge exploded, objects disappeared. Where they went, none could say. High-speed films proved that the effect was real.

Objects were placed on pedestals near the discharge arc. On discharge, the objects dematerialized. The films proved it. They were certainly not "thrust away" at high speeds, or even "impacted" into walls by the intense arc blast. At first again, the conventional answers came forth. The blackout effect was seen as a mystifying radiant energy, possibly a specific variety of X-Rays.

These rays had power to both neutralize human neurological response and disintegrate matter in its immediate vicinity. Here was the possible "death ray" for which the military had long been searching. The Second World War was raging, a possible second "theater" was developing in the Pacific, and this sort of fundamental discovery was enormous in military potential.

To end the war was the aim. The only aim.

If this effect could be developed into a weapon, it would be deployed instantly thereafter. A weapons program of this kind would require the nation’s most eminent scientists, and levels of secrecy, which demanded the very highest stringency. Several Naval personnel were summoned for this study.

Dr. Brown was requested to examine "the phenomenon". His knowledge of "dielectric stress" phenomena and the activities associated with arc discharges made him a perfect candidate. Keeping him "in the blind" concerning their ultimate hopes for this new discovery would not be easy. He "had a name" for being the dreamer.

When Dr. Brown reviewed the material, his conclusions were strikingly different from those, which others gave. While academes adamantly insisted that the observed dematerializations were the result of "irradiation" and subsequent vaporization, no such evidence for the "vaporizations" could ever be found.

Careful analysis of weld-chamber atmospheres proved negative in these regards. No gasified metals were detected in the room air throughout the discharge event. Truly mystifying. The NRL had to know more.

Dr. Brown was sure he knew what was happening here. Despite the fact that he had never observed these effects, his intuition taught him well. Though in his early experimentation, he never experienced any of these blackout effects, but Sir William Crookes had seen this very thing. Within the action space of his now famed high vacuum tube, Sir William beheld a curious sight.

There, suspended over the cathode, was a black space, which was actually radiant. The radiance extended beyond the tube walls in certain special instances. Sir William had no difficulty accepting the fact that this was a "space-permeating" blackness, a radiance having far greater significance than a mere physical phenomenon.

Crookes believed this radiance was a spiritual gateway, a juncture between this world and another dimension.

In the blackout phenomenon Dr. Brown yet recognized the signs that space distortions were taking place. What was the upper limit in strength of these space distortions? What other bizarre anomalies would they manifest? His own small gravitators operated through high voltages now considered "small".

When compared with those used in the new welding site, they were minuscule. Nevertheless, his experimentation proved the effects of small space warps. Material dragging was one such anomaly. In short, he believed that every anomalous inertial behavior could be traced to such space distortions.

In studying the entire effect, no single part was unimportant. Dr. Brown knew that the massive hulls played their part. They were somehow "spreading out" the electrical field and giving it a specific shape. The electric arc, focused onto the hull by the mechanical applicator was the formidable field source.

But something "extra" was occurring. Another realm of realities was entering the scene where arc discharges blasted through the welding chamber. He was the only one, perhaps with two others in the nation, who would propose that the phenomenon was the result of an interaction, which was "electrogravitic" in nature. These were electrogravitic phenomena.

EVENTS

Associates reviled his thoughts and rejected his analysis of the problem. But the military needed answers. If Dr. Brown could bring them closer to their weapons goal, his explanations would take precedent. Acquiring the complete attention and respect of very highest military specialists, he was asked to formally address their small and elite corps.

Dr. Brown very casually described what he strongly believed was happening, citing his own work and familiarity with such phenomena. While his own experimental apparatus never produced spatial distortions of this extreme intensity and focus, he nevertheless observed similar effects, which had power to move matter.

Having no conventional electrical explanation, the only resolution was found in the Einsteinian proposals concerning electrical and gravitational force unity.

The chapter goes on from there, and the entirety of the story is online at http://www.hbci.com/~wenonah/history/brown.htm. The point I started excerpting from is about halfway down the page, which is 44 pages long in print!

The important part is how these early accounts ultimately lead to the creation of a cloaking technology for an entire Naval vessel. I recommend printing out this whole account and reading it offline, as the website is hard to read on-screen but is very printer-friendly.

MORE TO COME

In the next section we’ll go into another new discovery that all ties in with this — and this was what originally triggered the whole idea of writing this article. The two very much interrelate. In the meantime, the physics buffs in our audience should have a LOT to chew on by exploring the two main links to the Gerry Vassilatos material.

I have it on very good authority that Vassilatos has given all the relevant answers to anti-gravity and free energy in that book, and that there’s nothing else like it out there in terms of quality.

I’m still working on Part Two of the honeybee article, but this was such a stunning discovery that I wanted to write about it while the ‘buzz’ was fresh in my mind! Check back as I may do some rewrites to this article and explain the new gravity principle I learned from reading Vassilatos’ material.

NOT THE FIRST TIME I’VE WRITTEN ABOUT THIS…

In the early days of my website everyone always raved about Shift of the Ages as the best thing I’d ever written. It was more accessible and less of a ‘hard science’ read than The Science of Oneness and particularly Divine Cosmos, which was the most complex and detailed of the three.  They’re all still here now but our current site design has buried it, and at this moment I still need to re-format them to modern Web paragraph spacing.

For new readers I recommend starting with "David’s Blog", since that’s the latest, greatest material I’ve written here.

THE TRUTH COMES OUT

Ever since I did the research to write "Shift of the Ages " in the late 1990s (found in the Read Free Books Here section), I’ve wished I could see the original copy of Morris K. Jessup’s "The Case for the UFO," complete with the alleged margin notes from three different high-ranking black-ops guys who had direct knowledge of the Philadelphia Experiment.

In case you don’t know, as we said in Part I, the Philadelphia Experiment was an alleged case involving teleportation of a US Navy ship from the Norfolk Naval Shipyard, up to a harbor in Philadelphia, PA and then back to the Norfolk port once again.

The effect it reportedly had on the sailors was devastating. Some of them allegedly got stuck in the hull of the ship. Some simply died. Others were left ‘gibbering, running mad’. Some would become invisible at certain times, apparently associated with strong emotional agitation — as in a documented case of two sailors getting into a fight in a bar in Norfolk, and one of them disappearing during the fight. Apparently they were given some kind of ‘hip packs’ that would keep them from losing phase with our matter and energy system.

Others were apparently processing time at a much slower rate than a normal human being. If their skin was rubbed frequently they could be brought out of this unfortunate state, but you had to be patient and continue for some time. Two hours of rubbing might only seem like a few seconds based on their frame of reference for time. For one of us to look at them, they would appear catatonic. However, it was possible to re-orient them to our own time with enough attention.

A MAJOR BREAK IN THE STORY

A major break in this story came on the fifty-year anniversary of the Roswell crash in 1997 with the publication of Col. Philip Corso’s "The Day After Roswell. " Corso revealed that it was NOT the USS Eldridge that made the trip through hyperspace, as the ‘cover story’ indicated. Instead it was a Navy minesweeper ship known as IX-97. Hence, ‘debunkers’ have investigated the Eldridge and its crew, and found no evidence of the Philadelphia Experiment having occurred.

In Part I we discussed the fascinating new revelations to come from the Gerry Vassilatos material. An extremely high-intensity electrostatic discharge, used for welding together metallic plates on the hulls of huge Naval ships, caused a rift or dark opening to appear in our space-time. Objects caught in the effective zone could disappear from our reality completely. Dr. Thomas Brown was brought in, having seen similar effects in his own research — dark openings and anomalous behaviors of physical matter under those conditions.

[I have read about the same thing happening to Lt. Col. Tom Bearden in his research with ‘scalar interferometry’, i.e. aiming two different torsion-field generators at the same spot so the waves collide and ‘interfere’ there. When he saw this jet-black aperture form — like a vertically elongated oval — he apparently became quite terrified and turned it off, never wanting to mess with it again — as he did not know what might come through. Do not try this at home!]

It was from this initial observation that the effect was tested and perfected enough that they felt they could use it on an inhabited ship. The steel hull apparently had a dissipating effect. It is believed that the Philadelphia Experiment went awry because of an inconsistency in the hull that caused the danger zone to bleed into the area where the sailors were — though it was intended to be outside the ship so no one got hurt.

NEW ANTI-GRAVITY INSIGHTS

Another key revelation from the Vassilatos chapter on Dr. Thomas Brown was the effect of anti-gravity being something that you could get started, and then like a siphon it would continue running for a period of time thereafter. As the effect diminished, it did so in step-wise fashion — and the overall effect was fluid-like.

For me this was a personal epiphany. I have studied the "Tibetan Acoustic Levitation" story for years, (The Science of Oneness, section 8.9) but never really understood how it worked. Brown’s discovery helped me make sense out of it — and the insider statements from this book you’re about to read were what finished the job. Here’s a little excerpt:

8.9 TIBETAN ACOUSTIC LEVITATION

A similar usage of sound to produce levitation is the now-infamous story of Tibetan Acoustic Levitation. Various tidbits of the story emerge repeatedly in the discussion rooms and articles on free energy and UFO websites, however the best treatment of this story that we have found is in an article by Bruce Cathie in the book Anti-Gravity and the World Grid.

The beginning of the report is transcribed from a German magazine article that was translated into English; and we begin at the point where the translated article starts.

We know from the priests of the far east that they were able to lift heavy boulders up high mountains with the help of groups of various sounds… the knowledge of the various vibrations in the audio range demonstrates to a scientist of physics that a vibrating and condensed sound field can nullify the power of gravitation. Swedish engineer Olaf Alexanderson wrote about this phenomenon in the publication, Implosion No. 13.

The following report is based on observations which were made only 20 years ago in Tibet. I have this report from civil engineer and flight manager Henry Kjelson, a friend of mine. He later on included this report in his book, The Lost Techniques. This is his report:

A Swedish doctor, Dr. Jarl, a friend of Kjelson’s, studied at Oxford. During those times he became friends with a young Tibetan student. A couple of years later in 1939, Dr. Jarl made a journey to Egypt for the English Scientific Society. There he was seen by a messenger of his Tibetan friend, and urgently requested to come to Tibet to treat a high Lama.

After Dr. Jarl got the leave he followed the messenger and arrived after a long journey by plane and Yak caravans at the monastery, where the old Lama and his friend who was now holding a high position were now living.

Dr. Jarl stayed there for some time, and because of his friendship with the Tibetans he learned a lot of things that other foreigners had no chance to hear about or observe.

One day his friend took him to a place in the neighborhood of the monastery and showed him a sloping meadow which was surrounded in the northwest by high cliffs.

In one of the rock walls, at a height of about 250 meters, was a big hole which looked like the entrance to a cave. In front of this hole there was a platform on which the monks were building a rock wall. The only access to this platform was from the top of the cliff and the monks lowered themselves down with the help of ropes.

In the middle of the meadow, about 250 meters from the cliff, was a polished slab of rock with a bowl-like cavity in the center.

[Note: This is part of how the sound resonance was focused on the object.] The bowl had a diameter of one meter and a depth of 15 centimeters. A block of stone was maneuvered into this cavity by Yak oxen. The block was one meter wide and one and one-half meters long. Then 19 musical instruments were set in an arc of 90 degrees at a distance of 63 meters from the stone slab. The radius of 63 meters was measured out accurately. The musical instruments consisted of 13 drums and six trumpets. (Ragdons).

[Note: At this point the exact measurements of all the instruments are given in detail, which we have omitted here for brevity, as these measurements are discussed further in the chapter.]

All the drums were open at one end, while the other end had a bottom of metal, on which the monks beat with big leather clubs. Behind each instrument was a row of monks. The situation is demonstrated in the following diagram (see above.)

When the stone was in position the monk behind the small drum gave a signal to start the concert. The small drum had a very sharp sound, and could be heard even with the other instruments making a terrible din. All the monks were singing and chanting a prayer, slowly increasing the tempo of this unbelievable noise.

During the first four minutes nothing happened, then as the speed of the drumming and the noise increased, the big stone block started to rock and sway, and suddenly it took off into the air with an increasing speed in the direction of the platform in front of the cave hole 250 meters high. After three minutes of ascent it landed on the platform.

[Note: Pay attention to the fact that it took three minutes to rise 250 meters. We are not talking about a “cannonball” effect. Slowly, the levity force overtook the gravity force and the stone lazily rose into the air.]

Continuously they brought new blocks to the meadow, and the monks using this method transported 5 to 6 blocks per hour on a parabolic flight track approximately 500 meters long and 250 meters high. From time to time a stone split, and the monks moved the split stones away. Quite an unbelievable task.

Dr. Jarl knew about the hurling of the stones. Tibetan experts like Linaver, Spalding and Huc had spoken about it, but they had never seen it. So Dr. Jarl was the first foreigner who had the opportunity to see this remarkable spectacle.

Because he had the opinion in the beginning that he was the victim of mass-psychosis, he made two films of the incident. The films showed exactly the same things that he had witnessed.

The English Society for which Dr. Jarl was working confiscated the two films and declared them classified. They will not be released until 1990. This action is rather hard to explain, or understand. : End of trans.’

[Note: And now we have the beginning of Cathie’s comments:]

The fact that the films were immediately classified is not very hard to understand once the given measurements are transposed into their geometric equivalents. It then becomes evident that the monks in Tibet are fully conversant with the laws governing the structure of matter, which the scientists in the modern day western world are now frantically exploring.

It appears, from the calculations, that the prayers being chanted by the monks did not have any direct bearing on the fact that the stones were levitated from the ground. The reaction was not initiated by the religious fervor of the group, but by the superior scientific knowledge held by the high priests.

The secret is in the geometric placement of the musical instruments in relation to the stones to be levitated, and the harmonic tuning of the drums and trumpets. The combined loud chanting of the priests, using their voices at a certain pitch and rhythm most probably adds to the combined effect, but the subject matter of the chant, I believe, would be of no consequence.

Cathie’s work then goes into an explanation of how these measurements work very well with his own discoveries of the energy harmonics of Planet Earth, and Cathie’s work has already been covered in our book The Shift of the Ages.

Cathie’s findings point us directly towards the idea that the aether vibrates in harmonic resonance, and the vibrations can be measured very precisely and put into numbers. For now, what we should see is that this act of levitation is not a product of fantasy - the entire setup was carefully observed, measured and yes, even filmed.

It took the stones three whole minutes to rise, so this was not simply a sudden catapulting effect; rather, it was more like a slow, deliberate movement.

8.9.1 SCIENTIFIC ANALYSIS OF TIBETAN ACOUSTIC LEVITATION

For those who are interested, an article by Dan Davidson helps us to put this amazing event into scientific terms. If the technical numbers and terms bother you, then simply skip past this excerpt and keep on reading, as it will not detract from your overall understanding of the concepts.

Monks with 19 musical instruments, consisting of 13 drums and five trumpets, were arranged in an arc of 90 degrees in front of the stone block. The instruments had the following measurements:

• 8 drums were 1 meter diameter x 1.5 meters deep x 3mm sheet iron and weighed 150 kg.
• 4 drums were 0.7 meter diameter x 1 meter deep
• 1 drum was 0.2 meter diameter x 0.3 meter deep
• All trumpets were 3.12 meters x 0.3 meters…

Calculations reveal that the volume of the large drums are similar to the stone block volume. The medium drums are one third the volume of the large drum and the small drum is a 41st of the medium drum and 125th of the large drum. The exact volume of the large stone is not available; however, the harmonic relations of the drums implies it is about 1.5 cubic meters.

Another interesting aspect of this levitation demonstration is the small amount of power necessary to perform the levitation. The loudest tolerable sound pressure that a person can stand is approximately 280 dynes/cm2. From physics analysis this translates to about 0.000094 watts/cm2.

If we assume that each monk with his instrument produced one half this much sound energy (which is highly unlikely) and we make the further gross assumption that this is the amount if power that reaches the stone (actually sound dissipates rapidly over distance), we would have about 0.04 watts (i.e., (19 instruments + 19 × 4 monks) x 0.000094) hitting the huge stone block.

This is an astoundingly small amount of energy actually hitting the 1.5 cubic meter stone to produce the effect.

To lift the stone 250 meters takes a prodigious amount of energy. Rocks such as granite and limestone have weights in the neighborhood of 150 - 175 pounds per cubic foot.

If we assume a nominal value of 160 pounds per cubic foot then the 1.5 cubic meter stones weighed around 8475 pounds (i.e., over 4 tons!!!). To lift the 8475 pounds 250 meters would require about 7 million ft-pounds of work (i.e., 8475 pounds X 250 meters / 0.30408 meters/foot = 6,968,035).

Since this was done over a 3 minute period then about 70 horsepower was produced (i.e., 7 × 106 foot-pounds / 180 seconds / 550 horsepower/foot-pound/second = 70.384). This is equivalent to 52 kilowatts (i.e., 70.384 X 0.74570 kilowatts/horsepower = 52.5). The over unity power factor we obtain is 5,250,000 over unity (i.e., 52,500 watts/0.01 watts).

The monks were obviously tapping into a huge amount of free energy to levitate the huge stone blocks, or gravity requires little power to affect its operation once the principles are understood.

What Davidson missed in this analysis is that the “levity” force is already nearly as strong as the “gravity” force, so it isn’t as hard to shift them as one might otherwise think.

Clearly, the entire arrangement was tailor-made to create waves of sound resonance that would reverberate within the stone to be moved, and absorb or reflect the downward-pressing force to create levitation.

If we look back at the shape of the monks with their trumpets, we can see that they formed exactly one quarter of a circle, with all their sound pressure directed at the “bowl” depression in the ground that the stone sat in.

Once the stone had reached a relatively pure level of sound resonance inside of itself, which took several minutes, a gateway for the aetheric energy to flow into our reality would be opened up, and a polarized spherical “consciousness unit” field would form around the object.

Then, like water drifting into a whirlpool, the gravity would simply absorb into stone without pushing it down to the Earth, while the weaker levity or “pressor” force coming up from the Earth would win out, causing the stone to gradually rise. If you’ve ever seen a bubble of air slowly, slowly rise through a thick liquid, then you can see how these differences in pressure could create a slow levitating effect.

Furthermore, we remember that Cathie didn’t think that the chanting or concentration of the monks had anything to do with the final effect. However, the work that was displayed by gifted psychics such as Nina Kulagina helps us to see that the energy of consciousness, focused by the chanting and meditation, could certainly have been involved in the levitation.

It is possible that without the extra “kick” of meditation to add more conscious energy to the mix and organize what was already forming there, this experiment could not be replicated.

This dramatic display starts to make even more sense to us when we consider that the Tibetans might be the inheritors of a lost ancient aetheric science from an advanced technological society; and these topics were examined in The Shift of the Ages.

That’s as much as I understood back when I wrote The Science of Oneness, but the part I was missing was how gravity is the primary force of space-time and levity is the primary force of time-space. When you create a ‘node’ into time-space you create anti-gravity, as well as a portal into time-space. In fact it appears you cannot use anti-gravity without transitioning into time-space.

This explains everything from the bizarre effects of Dr. Viktor Grebennikov’s flying platform to the recent accounts of Dr. Ralph Ring that appeared in a video on Project Camelot. In both cases, using anti-gravity appears to put you into time-space — you move through a vortex field. I hate to tease you but we’ll have to save this discussion for Part III!

AND NOW FOR THE ENCORE… I do believe the truth will set you free — and it is very clear, from the accounts I’d read in the past about the handwritten notes in "The Case for the UFO," that we’re dealing with a genuine insider ‘leak’. I actually am making this post before I’ve gone in and done all the reading myself. I consider this to be ‘frontier research,’ as you can read it at the same time that I am. Probably some of it will not be understandable, but with the passage of time and the increasing number of ‘leaks’ that have emerged since the time it first surfaced, we should be able to piece together more and more of it.

PRELIMINARY DISCUSSION

One way to read this book is to ONLY read the margin notes from the black-ops guys. If you do, a strange case emerges.

To deal with the basics, these guys call themselves "Gypsies" at least once. I would encourage you not to take this literally, as it may well be a code for a secret society or insider group -- perhaps like the Illuminati, or perhaps the opposing faction that grew into the Majestic / NSA / neo-conservative axis. [Discussions with Dr. Dan Burisch have made it very clear that there are two major opposing groups, as I had long suspected.]

There is a clear cult mentality in the way normal human beings are talked about in these notes -- the term 'Gayim' is obviously similar to 'Goyim', which you find in the "Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion."

This Zion document is usually discredited as a fake, intended by Hitler to incite anger towards Jews. Nonetheless, the principles in said document clearly demonstrate a great deal of thought about treating society as a giant machine, and engineering social conditions to get people to follow the will of the elite. If there is any truth to it, you might find more of a reflection of the thinking of the real authors of it than of the group they allegedly designed it to attack.

Anyway, talking down about people not on the 'inside' is a standard thing you come across in genuine insider materials like this. With the secret knowledge often comes a sense of superiority.

As you read through the notes, you also see lots of content associated with the Global Grid concepts I have written about in each of the Convergence books -- "sheets of diamonds," et cetera. There are also fascinating statements about anti-gravity and observations of the Philadelphia Experiment.

However, the most fascinating part to me was the discussion of a war going on between two ancient, rival groups they call the "L-M" and "S-M."

'LITTLE MEN'

It is clear, from more than one location, that "L-M" means "Little Men" and "Lemurian Men", and the two 'L-M' terms are interchangeable, talking about the same group.

The Lemuria talked about here is very likely what the Cayce Readings referred to as the "Rama" empire. This group would therefore have colonized land in India. Indeed, their knowledge and battles are still preserved in the ancient Vedic scriptures, still considered central religious text in the Hindu faith.

In the oldest Vedic scriptures, you read about flying craft called Vimanas, a vicious war with an opposing faction, sections that almost certainly suggest the use of nuclear weapons in conflict, et cetera. I did an exhaustive summary of the physics in the Vedic scriptures in Chapter 14 of the Science of Oneness.

Since Lemuria is also reputed to have lost land in the great flood, they may have also colonized other island areas in the Pacific that sank, like in the legend of Atlantis. However, the Pacific basin is a huge, empty wasteland that is largely free of any submerged areas that COULD have been giant island continents before.

Therefore, I propose that the Lemurian empire was largely centered in India, China and the Indonesia / Phillipines island chain. Since most civilizations form on coastal regions, there could have been great loss of life and many major cities by a sudden rise in sea level. They may have also had land off the west coast of South America, as per another Cayce reading.

Graham Hancock's work, such as in "Underworld", reveals sunken 'megalithic' (giant stone) architecture around the coast of India. That could explain how the legend of Lemuria 'sinking' came about. Too many coastal civilizations.

 

When we also consider Hartwig Hausdorf's research that there are ancient pyramids in China, in the Shensi province, which first broke on the Laura Lee website, the breadth of this formerly vast civilization becomes clearer.

Someone went in and stripped the copyright notices out of Laura Lee's photographs, and these versions have now widely circulated on other websites.

Chris Maier of the Unexplained Earth website actually traveled there and independently snapped his own photographs of the pyramids, which you can see and read about here in an article from 2004.

'SPACE-MEN' = FORMER ATLANTEANS

We never directly hear what "S-M" stands for, but given that the 'L' stood for the very simple word 'Little,' the 'S' is very likely quite simple as well. My educated guess is that it stands for 'Space', and all the evidence supports that. The Atlanteans clearly seem to have colonized the Moon and perhaps Mars as well, so when the island sank, you can bet that not all the insiders perished.

To the extent that the Sumerian cuneiform scriptures may be an inheritance from those who survived an Atlantean catastrophe, the "S" may also refer to "Sumerian-Men" -- however, it seems the survivors predominantly relocated in space and only shared limited knowledge with those on Earth, who were in a primitive state after the Great Flood.

There is at least one passage suggesting that BOTH of these rival groups started out as advanced Earth civilizations -- namely Atlantis and Rama. We are then led to infer that the war-making Atlanteans migrated into space, hence "Space-Men." The notes say the S-M were grabbing asteroids, obviously with large and powerful ships, and hurling them at the Lemurian / Raman settlements, forcing them to go undersea to avoid the attacks.

The technology of either group was more advanced than our own, and this included the ability to displace the weight of untold tons of ocean water so they could safely live under the sea. A robust anti-gravity technology would certainly not exclude this possibility.

The weirdness is further increased as we find out that the Lemurians apparently experienced adaptive genetic mutations as a result of being born, living and dying under the sea. Apparently their bodies evolved gills as an adaptation, so they could swim and breathe underwater to some degree.

This could be supported by the John Kearns study frequently cited by Dr. Bruce Lipton. If you take bacteria that cannot digest lactose and put them in an environment where lactose is the only food source available, they will actually genetically alter their own mouth-parts to be able to consume lactose. Hence, our DNA is an antenna that allows for adaptive mutations if we are put in an environment requiring new attributes for survival.

The movie "Waterworld" concludes with the surprise twist that Kevin Costner's character has evolved gills after a massive flood wiped out most civilizations on Earth. It could very well be that future generations of the same insiders who wrote the margin notes in this book were responsible for making this huge-budget film.

"Waterworld" takes on a very different 'spin' if you figure that rather than being a story of our future, it is a story of our past -- a small group of people who survived the Atlantean "great flood", as well as showing how some of them may have evolved to live under the sea. I know, I know... now you're actually going to have to go see the movie. Sorry.

MORE TO COME...

I apologize for this being cut short. The above was written before my last (and final) blast with poison ivy symptoms this week. I finally discovered I had been catching it off of the foam steering-wheel cover on my car. It all came back again last Saturday on the perpetually-healing areas of my skin that are weak. So as a result, typing has become an impossible chore. Once I get better I'll update this section as there is definitely more!

I'm happy to report I conducted a major video interview with Bill Ryan and Kerry Cassidy of Project Camelot, and it will become a 'viral video' anyone can watch on YouTube or Google, laying out the case. It would be nice if it helps trigger new witnesses coming forward, including someone who could help us explain these mysteries.

The following letter was sent by Eric Harrington, a physicist who lives in Ojai, CA, to Vincent Carroll at the Rocky Mountain News...

Dear Mr. Carrol,

I am responding to your article slandering the legitimate questions posed by numerous scientists, engineers, pilots, even international (often Republican) politicians regarding the flaws in the "official account" of 9/11.

"Let us dip our toe again into" a couple of the bogus rebuffs posed by the "experts" at Popular Mechanics.

Pop Mech- "As the fires blazed and the temperatures rose within the buildings, NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology) believes, the remaining core columns (those not severed by the planes during impact) softened and buckled, transferring most of the load to the building's outer structural columns. The floors . . .

began to sag from the heat, pulling those columns inward and adding to the burden on the outer columns."

Debunking: For anyone who as actually watched the WTC video's carefully, you will note that the south tower was struck near the corner, almost insuring it sustained NO damage to the central core columns. It also had by far the largest fireball produced, indicating a substantially larger portion of the fuel was burned in the initial impact and for the most part outside the building. Oddly, it was the south tower which fell first after burning for only 55 minutes, and at a point when the fires had greatly diminished.

In addition, as given by Kevin Ryan who was responsible for the thermal testing of the WTC Steel when it was certified, the samples tested for the WTC were certified to withstand a temperature of 2,000 deg for 6 hours without failing their rated load characteristics. And that is without insulation. The WTC beams were insulated. Jet fuel burns at only 1200-1300 degrees with an ideal oxygen mixture, something not indicated by the black smoke that issued from the fires. There was nothing contained within the buildings that could have raised this figure, and those that use the example of ancient furnaces that tempered steel as a argument, again, do not understand the principles involved. I suggest that if you want the truth, and wish to actually act like a journalist for a change, you broach this subject with a real expert, Mr. Ryan. I can put you in touch with him upon request.

But more important than the issue of the likelihood of the steel failure, is the FACT (not conjecture) that ALL THREE buildings collapsed into their own footprint at FREEFALL SPEED (i.e. the unimpeded acceleration of gravity). That means, drop a rock off the roof, at the moment of collapse, and the roof would hit the ground at the same time as the rock. This implies,

(regardless of what happened at the fire zone) that the when the top section of the building began to fall it managed to plow through 70-80 odd floors of pristine and undamaged steel --

literally thousands of huge beams and concrete pads-- with absolutely NO RESISTANCE (i.e.. slowing of the rate of fall)

WHATSOEVER. And this sir, is physically impossible and verging on the absurd, and I (a physicist), and anyone with a shred of knowledge of engineering, physics, or just plain common sense can understand that.

And there is a $1,000,000.00 cash challenge

(to date unanswered) to anyone that can suggest a legitimate solution to this nagging little problem. And lastly, if the official pancake theory is correct, it lends no explanation whatsoever for why the central core of 47 HUGE beams, all connected together at numerous levels, would not be left standing like a spire as the floor connectors failed and the floors pancaked symmetrically around them. The less resistance to this collapse scenario exhibited by the building's design, the more likely the central core would remain virtually untouched. It is a paradox.

Watch the videos. Study the evidence. Talk to the experts and the scientists who simply can no longer tolerate an explanation so at odds with the physical evidence and the physical principles of the universe. And these experts I refer to are ready and willing to debate these issues with ANYONE you and your ilk choose, ANYTIME and ANYWHERE, as long as it can be videotaped for posterity.

I will not even get into the dozens of other patently absurd explanations that Popular Mechanics and other government shills and publicity hacks have posed to make the painfully obvious physical evidence at both the WTC and Pentagon fit the official fairy tale, while suppressing the numerous eyewitness accounts that disagree, but suffice to say that when "journalists"

(and I use that term EXTREMELY loosely with you), continue to disparage those who simply demand the truth, and not propaganda; who examine the evidence with open minds and simply request that the investigation of this murder of 3,000 innocents be pursued with the same objectivity and forensic vigor that a common mugging would be given; they only contribute to the ignorance pervasive and growing in this country, reduce the once noble journalistic trade to nothing more than corporate propaganda machines, and deface the sacrifice of the 3000 who were murdered.

As for your contemptuous tone of which I have tried to mimic in this reply, to quote Shakespeare, "Me thinks thou dost protest too much."

Sincerely,

Eric Harrington

Ojai, Ca

Recently a thought-provoking report prepared by a so-called “plasma metaphysics” researcher named Jay Alfred, the author of Our Invisible Bodies, has been posted on the Internet and generating interest and speculation. This paper explores the intriguing life-like qualities of plasma. Here are key excerpts from Alfred’s presentation that best describe his speculations and interpretations of this controversial and fascinating notion:

“Bohm, a leading expert in twentieth century plasma physics, observed in amazement that once electrons were in plasma, they stopped behaving like individuals and started behaving as if they were a part of a larger and interconnected whole. Although the individual movements of each electron appeared to be random, vast numbers of electrons were able to produce collective effects that were surprisingly well organized and appeared to behave like a life form. The plasma constantly regenerated itself and enclosed impurities in a wall in the same way that a biological organism, like the unicellular amoeba, might encase a foreign substance in a cyst. So amazed was Bohm by these life-like qualities that he later remarked that he frequently had the impression that the electron sea was ‘alive’ and that plasma possessed some of the traits of living things. The debate on the existence of plasma-based life forms has been going on for more than 20 years ever since some models showed that plasma can mimic the functions of a primitive cell.”

“An international scientific team has discovered that under the right conditions, particles of inorganic dust can become organized into helical structures which can interact with each other in ways that are usually associated with organic life. Using a computer model of molecular dynamics, V.N. Tsytovich and his colleagues of the Russian Academy of Science showed that particles in plasma can undergo self-organization as electric charges become separated and the plasma becomes polarizedÉ.. Tsytovich’s computer simulations suggest that in the gravity-free environment of space, the plasma particles will bead together to form string-like filaments which will then twist into helical strands resembling DNA that are electrically charged and are attracted to each other.”

“He adds that the ionized conditions needed to form these helical structures are common in outer space. If that is so, then it will mean that plasma life forms are the most common life form in the universe, given that plasma makes up more than 99% of our universe which is almost everywhere ionized. É.Tsytovich pointed out that plasma life forms can develop under more down to Earth conditions such as at the point of a lightning strike. The researchers hint to perhaps a plasma form of life emerged on the primordial Earth which had a highly ionized atmosphere, which then acted as the template for the more familiar organic molecules we know today. A plasma bubble could form at the end of a lightning strike and act as a mould for chemicals to conform with to form a primitive biological cell.”

“In 2003, physicists; Erzilia Lozneanu and Mircea Sanduloviciu of Cuza University, Romania, described in their research paper Minimal Cell System created in Laboratory by Self-Organization (published in Chaos, Solitons & Fractals, volume 18, page 335), how they created plasma spheres in the laboratory that can grow, replicate and communicate, fulfilling most of the traditional requirements for biological cells. They are convinced that these plasma spheres offer a radically new explanation of how life began and proposed that they were precursors to biological evolution.”

“According to Sanduloviciu, these plasma spheres were the first cells on Earth, arising within electrical storms, and he believes that the emergence of such spheres is a prerequisite for the evolution of biological cells.”

“Paranormal analyst, Allan Danelek (in his book, The Case for Ghosts) says, ‘One could think of orbs as ‘tiny ghosts’ moving around a room, their essence being contained within a tiny sphere of pure energy, like air inside a bubble.’ This description matches the description of life-like pulsating plasma spheres generated in the laboratory by Lozneanu and Sanduloviciu. According to the paranormal literature ‘orbs’ are light anomalies that appear on photographs and video as spherical balls of light but as flashes of light to the naked eye because of their rapid speed of motion.”

T. “Lee” Baumann, M.D., the author of God at the Speed of Light [said to have helped inspire TV’s “Joan of Arcadia”] and The Akashic Light, an author/researcher who uses hard science and quantum physics to argue that God and physical light are more than metaphorical comparisons, offered these thoughts on Jay Alfred’s presentation:

I find the concepts described by Jay Alfred fascinating. The ideas certainly strike a fond and familiar chord with my own writings, yet I remain reservedly skeptical. Let me explain.

A plasma is unusual in that it is defined as being a fourth state of matter (in addition to the solid, liquid, and gas states). However, it is my naïve view that a plasma may almost be perceived as an intermediary state between pure matter and pure energy. It appears to share many characteristics of both.

The relationship between energy, matter, consciousness, spirituality, and life is obviously a complex and profound one, and I do not admit to having many of life’s answers. However, quantum physics does offer a logical explanation for linking the vast electromagnetic spectrum (the pure energies of visible and non-visible light) to our nebulous understanding of consciousness, human and otherwise. Specifically, my own research suggests that light is omnipresent, omniscient, omnipotent, and conscious. The first three characteristics (the three omni’s) are the result of the cessation of time for particles (matter)/waves (energy) traveling at the speed of light. In the absence of time, the photon can be theoretically everywhere in the universe at once. If you could be everywhere at one time, you would also know everything that is happening in the universe at that particular time (omniscience). Further, if time does not exist for the photon, an inevitable extension is that the past = present = future, and, hence, you are omniscient for the future as well as the present and past. What is so amazing is that this cessation of time for the photon is a well-accepted and proven fact derived from Einstein’s famous special theory of relativity. Lastly, the trait of "consciousness" is a term coined by physicists (not Lee Baumann) to describe light’s implausible and almost human-like behavior in the double-slit, quantum eraser, and related physics experiments. From these observations, it is not hard to see how I would be supportive of the conclusions drawn by Jay Alfred.

However É I am also a supporter of the scientific method. Personally, I would love to believe the numerous hypotheses detailed by Alfred, but I am skeptical. To start, there are a few points that I would contest. The statement that "plasma makes up more than 99% of our universe" is at odds with the current approximation by astronomers that approximately 25% of the universe is made up of dark matter and a larger 70% by dark energy (see http://science.hq.nasa.gov/universe/science/dark_energy.html). Although it is true that we do not know what makes up dark matter/energy, I am not aware of any evidence that either consists of plasma. It is more likely that Mr. Alfred meant to state that plasmas make up more than 99% of our visible universe (and < 5% of the total universe).

I am also skeptical of the statements regarding the "orbs" or "balls of light." I have had digital photos of myself taken with hovering and "moving" BOLs, and I was initially mystified and hopeful that these orbs might be true guiding spirits or guardian angels watching over me. However, if you go to the following website, http://www.fujifilm.com/products/digital_cameras/contents/shooting_tips/reflect/, a logical argument is made that the BOLs are reproducible and explicable by reflective dust particles in front of the camera’s flash (a sample photo is included on the website). I fully recognize that exceptions may well exist to the FujiFilm.com explanation and that videos also exist that cannot be explained by this argument. However, I remain to be convinced that these exceptions are due to paranormal phenomena.

Having made the above observations, that leaves Mr. Alfred’s astonishing comparisons between living organisms and the plasmas he describes. I must first offer a disclaimer that I am by no means an expert on plasma physics. However, my superficial knowledge of plasmas would indicate that many comparisons made by the author do appear to have some basis in fact. Not to be overly simplistic, I believe plasma research is still in its early phases, and it is far too early to draw the astonishing conclusions made by Mr. Alfred. At the same time, I think his comparisons are intriguing, and, if proven valid, they would certainly complement the findings of my own research. I will read with great interest as research in this relatively recent field of physics continues to progress.

Co-editor Dr. Gregory Little, offered these thoughtful comments:

“Since 1990, I have argued that plasmas have intelligence. In People of the Web (1990), Grand Illusions (1994), and in a series of articles in Alternate Perceptions (when we were a printed magazine) I listed the characteristics of plasma forms noting that they show interactive, intelligent behavior. Many UFO sightings, reports of some ghost lights, and flaps such as the Yakima Reservation [Washington state] sightings in the 1970s and ‘80s are plasma forms. This idea is, I believe, the least popular in ufology, but it remains the most viable one.”

“A plasma typically lasts less than a second, but evidence from reliable witnesses exists showing that some plasmas can last much, much longer (hours),” Greg wrote in Grand Illusions. “They are very difficult to observe in the daytime. In addition, plasmas tend to emerge from the same places on the earth over time. Plasmas have a very powerful magnetic field surrounding them.”

Canadian neuropsychologist Dr. Michael Persinger has made a strong case for a plasma/geomagnetic basis to the UFO phenomenon. In his Canadian lab, Persinger has subjected volunteers to electromagnetic fields that stimulate certain temporal lobe brain structures, particularly the amygdala, causing altered states of consciousness that seem to mimic effects and sensations similar to reported out-of-body excursions, a spirit presence, and alien abduction perceptions. “Persinger doesn’t believe that it’s a spiritual realm he’s tapping,” Greg explained in an earlier conversation with me. “Personally, I think it is a spiritual realm.” In Alternate Perceptions (Winter 1996, No. 33) Greg explained why. “The plasma-induced EM-brain interaction fits this evidence perfectly,” he wrote. “This could be the entire explanation of ufology and other paranormal sciences were it not for a few additional confounding facts and observations. These facts and observations tell us that the plasmas and geomagnetic energies frequently assume an intelligent form and shape, and display an interactive intelligence with their observers.” Besides that, Greg went on to cite the famous Marian/Virgin Mary apparitional events of Zeitoun, Egypt and Fatima, Portugal where thousands observed the apparitions, and in the case of the Zeitoun appearances “intelligent forms” were recorded and authenticated photographically. “In addition, we know that countless ‘prophecies’ told to those who had a special and unique relationship with the forms have come to pass,” Greg added.

April 4, 1999.

The ET Global Connection: A Lecture by Alex Collier
Original transcript by Val Valerian

Although many elements contained within this December 1995 lecture are
basically
unverifiable, the synchronicity with the material presented by Drunvalo
Melchizedek, especially in his video presentations on the Light and Dark
Brotherhood and his lecture at the Conclave of Michael Conference in
Banff, Canada in 1994 make this material so highly interesting that it
demands presentation in The Leading Edge. Relate it to other material
and decide yourself. Together with other material in existence, it
appears to have a bearing on the immediate future of the planet and all
its inhabitants.
(Legend: AC- Alex Collier Q-Audience questioner).
Introduction:
AC: Hello, I'm Alex Collier. In the last 31 years I have been given so
much information, that I would ask you to write down your questions,
otherwise it may not be brought up. There are some positive aspects to
the information, and there is some information that is not very positive.
There is absolutely nothing we cannot resolve, if we stick together.
What I mean by that is that we don't turn on each other. To have us
turn on each other is definitely something that they are trying to get
us to do - to divide us. The problems in the world that we have on the
government level are just a symptom of a much bigger problem. I
believe it was Bill Cooper, much to his credit, who said several years
ago - when you put the ET's in the middle of this thing, it absolutely
makes sense.
He's absolutely right. I am going to be presenting the Andromedan
perspective as to what is going on, who we are, and some material about
our past history. They have comments about all of our history.
I have been a contactee for 31 years. It has not been consistent for 31
years, but it has been consistent since 1985. The first contact was in
the upper peninsula of Michigan in a place called Woodstock. In 1964 I
was on a family picnic. I went out to play with cousins, and I laid on
the grass. The next thing I remember is that it was night time. They
could not find me. I had missing time. I did not remember anything until
age 14. We went back to the area where I had been sleeping. My body
print was there. My mom, dad and a Michigan State Trooper swore up and
down that they had looked for me. I wasn't there. So, it was one of
those dilemma's. At age 14, I went to bed on a normal August night. I
woke up and found myself on a platform. There were two men standing over
me, a short one and a very tall one. They were both very handsome. On a
soul-level, I had absolute recognition of who they were. The tall one,
Moraney, had light blue skin. Vasais, the shorter one, was much older,
and his skin was whitish, having lost most of the blue pigmentation.
The Andromedans are a very very old race. Apparently, all of the human
race comes from Lyrae. There is a lot of information about this. Billy
Meier also talks about it. The human race did not originally exist in
Lyrae - it came from some other galaxy but first began to evolve in
our galaxy in the Lyran system.
According to the Andromedans, there are over 135 billion human beings
in the 8 galaxies closest to ours. Now, there are also other races out
there. Some of these races have had a lot of conflicts with the human
race, and that conflict continues. But, there are things that are
happening that will hopefully alleviate that problem. It comes down to
philosophies, more than anything else.
The Andromedans are a telepathic race. Moraney, over the last ten
years, has learned to use his vocal chords. The reason that the
newsletter here is called Letters From Andromeda, is because the first
words that Moraney said to me when I went on board one time were
"another letter". He was trying to convey the idea of "meeting", and
had been trying to search for the word. The Andromedans care really
deeply about what is going on, and a lot of it apparently has to do
with who we are as souls, who we are genetically, and it also has to do
with the future - a future in which we will probably be in other
physical forms. We' re talking about the future between now and 357
years from now.

Our Universe is a Hologram:

To us, some may say "that doesn't matter, I won't be here." But as far
as other extraterrestrial races are concerned, they will be here. Many
of them live from an average of 1,000 to 1,500 years. The Andromedans
live to an average of 2,007 years. The "years" that I am going to be
giving you as a measure of time are linear - it's the only way I can
give it to you. They do not look at time the same way we do. Just keep
that in mind. They say that our universe, which consists of everything
that we do and don't know about, is a 21 trillion year-old hologram.
That's what they say. They say that all the matter that is in our
universe came out of black holes. Under every galaxy, they say there is
a black hole from whence everything came. How they have described it is
that there was a universe that was evolving (when they mean evolve,
they mean that the frequency of that universe continues to evolve), and
as the universe evolved, those energies that did not want to evolve or
were holding themselves back because they were full of fear started to
"gain weight," so to speak. These energies, which include consciousness,
formed "sacks", which got "heavier".
As the universe raises in frequency (color and sound), the pockets of
resistance break and explode out. This scenario is apparently what is
beginning to happen now in our universe, 21 trillion years after its
creation.
Everything in in our universe, including us, came from a black hole.
The Andromedans say there is no age to us. We truly are infinite. You
can take that any way you want. According to Vasais and Moraney, on
March 23rd of 1994 a specific color and sound frequency began to
emanate from all the black holes in the known universe. In terms of
their science, which goes back a long way, this is the first time this
has ever happened. What this energy and frequency is doing is that it
is creating a holographic impression throughout all dimensional levels,
of which they say there are eleven creational densities. This new
holographic impression has become a 12th density. They say that this
new holographic impression has one frequency - that it does not carry
a duality within it. What this frequency is doing is that it is
pulling up all the dimensional levels below it. They say that by
December 2013, third density as we know it here will cease to exist -
it is imploding in on itself as everything is being drawn up. Those on
the 11th are going to 12th. We are supposed to go to 4th and then
to 5th density. From the Andromedan perspective, 4th density is a
consciousness. It is where an entire race is telepathic with each other,
they are aware of each other, they feel each other - they are of one
mind, separate individuals but still one. Fifth density is where we
would be considered from the third density as being light. They say
that this is what is going to happen to us, no later than 2013, based
on their science. Do I know if this is right? I will know when you
know, but they have not been wrong yet. Now, there are individual
consciousness which have appeared in this 12th density holographic
consciousness. They apparently are like nothing that has ever been
seen before. The Andromedans don't know who they are, what they are,
and don't know even how to describe them. But, apparently these 12th
dimensional beings have the capability to gaze down through all of the
dimensions and see everything that is going on there. That is all I
know about that. Why is this happening?
As all this is happening, certain essences are starting to "gain
weight" [See Fig 1] (JW My computer can't project figures so we won't
be able to see this figure.) because the frequency shifting is "pulling
everything up." Those energies that are regressive are starting to
"freak out". According to the Andromedans, every single one of us on
planet Earth and 21 other star systems in our galaxy apparently consist
of a group of beings, individual consciousness, that apparently evolved
some trillions of years ago to the 11th density. An experiment was
conceived where beings would drop down into the concept of time and
experiment with our thoughts creating physical matter. They say that
apparently a large group of us dropped down into 3rd density and found a
specific race already there with a very specific genetic coding
involving 22 different extraterrestrial races. All life on Earth was
brought here by traders (Earth lies along a galactic trade route),
explorers, miners, joy-riders - all different people. Originally, the
Earth was in a different orbit, closer to Mars, and nothing but ice.

The Draconian's and the Paa Tal:

The Alpha Draconian's, a reptilian race composed of master geneticists,
tinker with life - which from their perspective exists as a natural
resource. The Draconian's look at lifeforms which they have created or
altered as a natural resource. Apparently, the Alpha Draconian's created
the primate race, which was first brought to Mars and then to Earth.
The primate race was then tinkered with by many other different races -
21 other races - resulting in the primate race having been modified
22 times. This primate race eventually became Homo Sapiens Sapiens. -
who we are on a physical level. Yes, we used to have 12 strands of
DNA. Ten strands were taken out by a group from Orion in order to
control us and hold us back. Why would they want to hold us back?
The reason the Orion group wanted to hold us back was because they
found out who we were on a soul level. Again, according to the
Andromedans, we humans are part of a group of energies that they know
of as the Paa Tal. The reason that the Andromedans use the word Paa
Tal, which is by the way a Draconian word, is because the Draconian's
have legends about warring with a race that was creating human life
forms that were opposed to Draconian philosophy. The Paa Tal created
life forms that could evolve on their own, with free expression. The
Draconian's, on the other hand, created races to function as a natural
resource for their pleasure. So, you have two very different
philosophies.

Well, how the Orion group found out who we were was through our extreme
span of emotions. We are very very different than all the other races.
Even the Andromedans do not understand how we could hate one minute and
five minutes later be loving and snuggling. On one trip I was brought on
board a ship, and Vasais was watching a monitor floating in the middle
of the room that had an Earth news broadcast on it where a policeman
had shot a black man and then had run up to him and tried to save his
life. To Vasais, there wasn't a clue why the policeman would do this. I
couldn't explain it to him, because I don't even understand it. They are
perplexed why we could be this incredible race, and have the abilities
that we have, and be so h-ll-bent on destroying ourselves.
Another time I came on board and Moraney was looking at Earth while
monitoring all these meters analyzing the atmosphere of Earth. He looked
very sad, and I asked him what the matter was. He said, "don't they
understand that all of this is here because they needed it?" They don't
understand how we can just destroy our environment. It's not like we
have another place to go. We don't.

Humans Have The Ability to Create Without Technology:

We have the ability - each one of us - even though we may not feel like
it, on a spiritual level, to time travel, to create anything without
technology. The reason we can do that is because of who we are and
because our extremes of emotion. According to the Andromedans, it is the
male aspect of ourselves that creates the thought and the feminine aspect
of ourselves that makes things manifest through emotion. Now, third
density is incredibly dense and a lot of extraterrestrial races don't
like to hang out here. The best example I could give about density
resistance is if you moved your hand through a bathtub of jello. That's
how third density is viewed by those not here. The Andromedans say
that proof of how awesome humans are is demonstrated by the fact that
we can literally create this third density. As slow as third density is,
our intent can literally create anything here. The Andromedans cannot
do this without technology. This world we live on, each one of us help
to create. It literally is us, and we are it. We are literally one. We
created this place. They don't understand why we would want to destroy
it.

The Hierarchy in Our Galaxy:

There are two schools of thought in our galaxy. There are the
regressive's, who are races that carry fear and because of that want to
control others. The hierarchy of the regressive's starts with a group
from Alpha Draconis. The Andromedans have no idea where the Alpha
Draconian's came from, but what they have learned through interaction
with other dimensional races is that somebody brought the Draconian's
to this universe and "dumped" them in the Alpha Draconis system, where
they had the highest probability of survival. According to the
Andromedans, the Alpha Draconian's have had space travel for 4 billion
years.
They are an incredible race and have achieved great things, but they
are bullies. They are jerks, and that's a judgment - I'm taking that
judgment myself. That's my judgment based on what I know about them.
The Draconian's do not like human beings. The Andromedans say that
Draconian's believe that this universe was here for them - that their
history teaches them that they were left here to rule it. But, when
they started traveling, they ran across other races.
They were able to conquer many of those races through genetic
manipulation.

Now, our government, the Un-ted States government, the New World
Or-er - whatever you want to call it - wants to implant everybody.
>From the Andromedan perspective that means ownership. Extraterrestrials
don't want to bother with that stuff, since that is not permanent.

Extraterrestrials value genetics.

What they do is they come in, conquer a race and genetically alter it.
>From that moment on, that race is genetically altered. The genetic
changes alter the frequency, sound and thought patterns of the race
if they move into a physical form. Does everyone understand this?
Q: Could you give us an example of this?
AC: The best example I could give you concerns the Grays. Apparently,
the Grays. were much more human-looking at one time. What happened was
that they, as a race, were captured 891,000 years ago while leaving
Zeta 1 and Zeta 2 to go off and do their own thing. This is very
common, and it is how Earth became colonized. What happened is that
they got captured by a group in Orion that was already genetically
altered and under control of the Alpha Draconian's
According to Moraney, the first thing this Draconian- altered Orion
group did was slaughter almost all of the females of the captured
race in order to control the birth process. They then genetically
altered the remaining females, so that all the children born after
that were genetically altered. The males were enslaved, made to work
in mines and slaughtered by the Draconian-controlled Orion group,
who had absolutely no regard for life. What we know now as the Grays.
became a natural resource.

Time Travel Permits Altering Consciousness of a Race:

Now, I am told that the Grays. would love to be absolutely free of this
hierarchy, but what they have done is that they have continued to
propagate the problem. Now, we have been told that the Grays. "have been
here for thousands of years." According to the Andromedans, however,
the Grays. got here in 1931.
Because of their ability to time travel, it looks like they have been
here thousands of years - they can go backwards in time. If you can go
backwards in time you can literally alter the consciousness of any
race. You can alter any event. That's exactly what they have done. They
are not the only ones who have done this. There is also a group from
Sirius B who have also done this. It took me a long time to understand
why it was that they wanted to do this. The bottom line is that they
wanted to control us. We have things that they want. We have the
benefit of having been on 11th density, which means that we have covered
a very large area of spiritual evolvement - which is why our range of
emotion is so large. They want that information. Not only that, but
with the new frequency coming in and third density beginning to
implode on itself, the Grays. are trying to save their race. According
to Moraney, there are only 2000 real Grays. left --
all the rest are clones - organic robots. They do not carry a spiritual
essence.
Folks, we are talking about a technology thousands of years ahead of
where we are now.

The Abduction of Humans:

The reason the Grays. are doing so many abductions is (1) for genetics.
They are trying to bring the races together. They are creating hybrids,
most of which are females. There are very few male hybrids. The problem
is that they have a hard time keeping them alive because spirit will not
attach to it. The life force will not attach to it. So, they are
abducting the human mothers and children and peeling off the vital body,
containing the energy and feeding it to the hybrids of the same lineage.
They are trying to create a soul, and they just can't do it, and they
are desperate, which is why there are so many weird things happening.
This is just one of the things that are happening. There is a huge
Grey complex conspiracy behind it. Why we agreed to do this I haven't a
clue.
[Vals Note: the permission to do it from the governments was in trade for
manipulative technology for humans to use against humans, ultimately for
upper hierarchy alien benefit of further repression of the human
"threat"].
So this is not working and the races are dying. Now, what the Grays. have
done because they are having problems with this is that they have been
abducting large groups of human children. This is why children are
vanishing without a trace all over the world. Some of them are being
taken by the Grays. In Westchester County, New York, over 5,000 children
have vanished without a trace over the last three years. The government
knows what is going on but they are helpless to do anything about it.
The reason they don't want to bring it up is because they let the
bastards in here in the first place. They cut a deal.
They sold us out, and I've got a lot of energy on it, because I have
friends who want to know where their kids are.
This is just one scenario. Apparently we have been manipulated for 5,724
years now. We have been manipulated beyond belief. To make matters
worse, we have had free energy technology that has been withheld from us.
So, for the last 100 years we have totally trashed our environment.

The Rest of the Galactic Hierarchy .... and the Rest of the Story:

We'll look at the positives. There are so many that want to help. For
those of you who are "trekkies", you know the number one rule. You
don't intervene with an evolving race unless you're asked. That happens
to be a reality. They will not directly intervene - at least they are not
supposed to - unless they are specifically asked to. Those people who
are contactee's have a reincarnational lineage that leads back to many of
these positive races, which is why it is not considered intervention.
Now, in our galaxy there are many councils. I don't know everything
about all those councils, but I do know about the Andromedan council,
which is a group of beings from 139 different star systems that come
together and discuss what is going on in the galaxy. It is not a
political body. What they have been recently discussing is the tyranny
in our future, 357 years from now, because that affects everybody.
Apparently what they have done, through time travel, is that they have
been able to figure out where the significant shift in energy occurred
that causes the tyranny 357 years in our future. They have traced it
back to our solar system, and they have been able to further track it
down to Earth, Earth's moon and Mars. Those three places.

The very first meeting the Andromedan council had was to decide whether
or not to directly intervene with what was going on here. According to
Moraney, there were only 78 systems that met this first time. Of those
78, just short of half decided that they wanted nothing to do with us at
all, regardless of the problems. I think it is really important that you
know why they wanted nothing to do with us. We are talking about star
systems that are hundreds of millions of light years away from us. Even
some who have never met us. They just knew the vibration of the planet
reflected those on it. The reasons why they wanted nothing to do with us
is that from their perspective, Earth humans don't respect themselves,
each other or the planet. What possibly can be the value of Earth humans?
Fortunately, the majority of the council gave the opinion that because
Earth has been manipulated for over 5,700 years, that we deserved an
opportunity to prove ourselves - to at least have a shot at proving the
other part of the council wrong. So, the Andromedan council passed a
directive that all extraterrestrial presence will be off our planet no
later than August 12, 2003.
[ Vals Note: Isn't it also curious that August 12, 2003 is also a
resonant node or the Montauk Project? - 1943, 1983, 2003 - all 20 years
apart. Also, in 12-year progressions, 1931, 1943, 1955, 1967, 1979,
1991, 2003. The implications are interesting. The year 2002 was also
designated the new target date for implementation of the New World
Order, one year prior to 2003] They want everything extraterrestrial
on the planet, in the planet and Earth's moon out of here by that
date. The reason for this is that they want to see how we will act
when we are not being manipulated. We are all being manipulated, and
my first suggestion is to throw your television set away. I can't tell
you how sincere I am about that. They are teaching you what to think,
not how to think.
If you give that up, you become a robot. You become sheeple. I know
it's going to be tough.
This determination that ET influence will end by August 12, 2003 will
be interesting, because living inside our planet 100 to 200 miles under
the surface are 1837 reptilians who have been here a very long time,
17 humans from Sirius B, and 18000 Grey clones inside the Earth and on
the moon. Most of the 2000 original Grays. are on Phobos, one of the
moons of Mars, which is an artificial satellite. There are also around
141 Orion beings inside the Earth from 9 different races. There are a
lot of "bad boys" here who have technology thousands of years ahead of
us. It is estimated that Grey technology is 2,500 years ahead of us.
The Orion group who control the Grays. have technology approximately
3,700 years ahead of us. Nobody really knows how far the Draconian's are,
because they are incredibly elusive. The group from Sirius B are
approximately 932 years ahead of us.

Forbidden Planet Redoux:

How many of you have heard of the Montauk technology? It's time travel.
Opening up time warps. Apparently, that technology was given to our
government by the group from Sirius B. We were not supposed to have it.
It was supposed to be another 150 years before we would have developed
this technology ourselves. They purposely gave us this technology,
knowing we would abuse it. Now, I can't tell you what the mindset was
of the humans that got this technology and started doing all this weird
stuff with it. Within the last six weeks, Moraney has told me that the
Andromedans have found a small Earth human military colony, containing
families with children, in the Altair star system. They have enslaved
the beings of that planet. Montauk only works if you have exact
coordinates.
That means somebody gave them the coordinates of the planet in the
Altair system. The Andromedans are really upset about that. That's
just one of the problems.

Earth Humans: The Only Race That Kills Itself:

The other problem that has evolved from this involves the human
extraterrestrial races that are benevolent. Many of the races are
really pure - they only breed within themselves. However, there has
been so much interbreeding between the races that they are now
beginning to anticipate break-downs in the genetic coding. The
Pleiadians are apparently going to start experiencing this genetic
break down in 172 linear Earth years. For the first time in hundreds of
thousands of years, they will start to see deformities at birth. The
Andromedans anticipate this problem themselves in 757 years. Now,
there is only one race capable of giving them a genetic boost so that
this breakdown does not occur. They say it's us. They want to make a
proposal to borrow some of our genes, but they can't. They can't come
near us now because of our vibratory frequency. They can't use our
genetics right now because they currently carry the vibration of fear,
which is not an emotion they know. The first time I walked on to one
of their ships, a bunch of their children started to run away from me.
They knew that I was from Earth. We have a very bad reputation,
because we are the only race in the galaxy that kills itself, that
turns on itself.
We are the only race that allows itself to live in poverty. We are the
only ones who allow members of our race to starve. We are the only ones
that allow members of the race to be homeless. We are the only race
that would sell itself into slavery. I don't like the reflection they
give me of us. It's not that they are judging. They just don't
understand why we do it. If anyone's got an answer for it, I'm open.
Yes, we've been manipulated by belief systems, but why do we believe
these belief systems?

To Believe or Not to Believe: That is the Question:

I have asked a lot of questions about Earth, religions and our history.
Moraney has this really great way of mirroring back my questions. One
of the things that he mirrored back to me was a question regarding the
history of a particular religion. His response to that was "it is not
so much what you believe in, but why you believe it." I have had to
look at that, and I've had to go back and look at all the belief systems
I have. Are they really mine, or are they something that I have been
fed that I believe is true, and I am basing my perceptions on the idea
that they are or are not true? Another time, I was feeling depressed,
and I had a contact and I decided I didn't want to come back to Earth.
I was made to come back, and I was very upset about that. As I was
walking away, Vasais looked at me and said, Alex, the love that you
withhold is the pain you carry. There is not a day that goes by that
I don't think about that - that I don't look at every decision I make
and try to get crystal clear about why I'm making that decision, and
where that decision is coming from inside of me. Another time, I was
talking with Moraney and he asked me, Alex, when you are having a
relationship, where does the love come from? When you are having a
relationship with your family, where does that love come from? When
you are having a relationship with the universe, where does that love
come from?
Well, the obvious answer is that it comes from me, which is what I said
to him.
He turned back to me and asked me, why do you then believe you have a
shortage of love in your life? Again, it all goes back to belief
systems. If they are right, we created all of this to watch how our
thoughts can create matter. So, in essence, everything is a belief
system.

Space is the Place To Really See Your Face:

The Andromedans call our universe consciousness. They say that
consciousness is the space that you create in which to evolve. So in
other words, to continue to evolve we had to create a space in which
to do it. That is physicality.
There is a physicality on each and every dimension. Fifth density is
not filled with "whispering clouds." There is a genuine physicality
to it. It's a lot different than what we have created here, but
nevertheless it is still a physicality.

History: More of a Circle Than a Spiral:

I wanted to get back to this hierarchy for a minute, because I wanted
to show you what was in our past and what it is today. I wanted to
show you the similarities to illustrate that history does repeat itself
until we decide to break cycle, and also that it has always been the
same if you go back and look at history. If you look at Egypt, the
Sumerians, the Babylonians, Greek mythology -- there are elements of
truth in all of that.
In ancient days, you had the "gods". Mythology is littered with stories
about "the go-s", warring with each other, marrying the daughters of
man, etc. All throughout ancient literature, there are stories like
this. The -gods would then allow their offspring, kings or pharaohs, to
rule in their place as they went flitting around the galaxy. The kings
really didn't want to have much to do with the "common people", so
they had their "priesthood's" to control information, the masses and
accumulate wealth. The military kept the masses in order.
Whatever the dictates were, the military made sure it happened. It's
the way it has always been, all through our ancient history. If you
read Sitchin's information and a book called The Greatest Story Never
Told by Lana Cantrell - I understand it's out of print - The Go-s of
Eden by William Bramley - all this stuff is well documented.

Things Change, But They Remain the Same:

We still have basically the same situation. The ET's are still here. The
names and faces change, but they still have the same mindset - control,
control, control. Looking at the parallels with ancient times, today
instead of pharaohs you have presidents, prime ministers and kings. In
terms of priesthood's, today you have religions and bankers. Those of
you who have done research will see the power that secret societies
have because of money, and how virtually every country on the planet is
bankrupt, and how small groups of men are controlling everything. These
men are apparently doing the bidding of the ET's, because the whole
point of this coming down on this planet is to take self-rule and free
will away from us. The idea is to make things so bad on the planet that
the masses will beg to be "saved." According to the Andromedans, if
you do not accept self-responsibility, and you allow somebody to come
in and "save" you, you do not permanently evolve. I'm not here to buck
anybody's belief system. I'm here to share with you what they've said.

Then, you've got the military. You've got nuclear weapons and technology
far beyond anything we know. Mutually assured destruction. It's an
interesting concept. Then, you have the masses. So, as you can see,
nothing has really changed, except now we have ways to destroy
ourselves. Before, the "gods" were more than happy to do that. They
could change the orbit of the planet, cause pole shifts. The technology
exists. The Draconian's can literally create a solar system. They can
move planets and take moons and put them where ever they want.
There are races that have this technology. The Andromedans have said
that if the regressive's, who have their first line of defense our moon,
are not out of here by 2003, the Andromedans have every intention of
putting a tractor beam on the moon and pulling it out of orbit, and
dealing with it further out in space.
If they dealt with it where it is now, it could destroy the Earth. I
asked them what would happen here if they removed the moon. They
replied simply that we would have no tides, and that if we were
really upset, they could always bring us another moon. It's that
simple to them, but it's not to us. We need to get used to the idea
that what we see around us is not permanent. We need to open up
our perspectives to the fact that there is a lot more going on than we
think, and that there is a lot more to learn, not only about the
planet and solar system, but about ourselves. The Andromedans say that
there are 100 trillion galaxies in the universe.

The Moon and Mars:

Our moon, according to the Andromedans, is an artificial satellite. I
will tell you that a lot of people are working on this. Two years ago,
I sat in a room with Richard Hoagland and asked him, "why don't you
tell the people that the moon is an artificial satellite?". Richard
Hoagland replied, "I'm not ready."
See, he knows. Why he is withholding this, I don't know. I am not
withholding it. According to the Andromedans, our moon came from a star
system in Ursa Minor, called Chauta. It was one of four moons in a
solar system that had 21 planets and our moon was brought from an
orbit around the 17th planet. It was brought here, with others, during
a war. Our moons first location in orbit in our solar system was around
a planet called Maldek, which is now the asteroid belt. Our moon had
nine huge domed cities on it. It had water, planet life and a
lot of different things on it. It had huge caverns underground that
sustained life, and does today, as we speak. Except now, there are a
lot of human beings on the moon. We're going to talk about that.
Now, apparently, our moon was one of two moons in orbit around Maldek.
The other moon orbiting Maldek we know today as Phobos, which is now
orbiting Mars.
Our moon, after it was moved from orbit around Maldek, had its ability
to travel disabled. The beings that were on the moon were known as
Ari-ans, the "white race." The Pleiadians apparently were responsible
for moving our moon to an orbit around Earth. So, the Ari-ans that
came here on our moon were in fact Maldekians, one of the lost tribes
of Lyrae, who today are living underground on Earth in Tibet. They
pretty much keep to themselves. If you research ancient Tibetan
literature, you will find that they admit who lives under there.

JW That is all I have of this material so far.

John Winston.  This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Tom Bearden

  John Bedini has a prototype free energy motor.

  Imagine having a small D.C. electrical motor sitting on your laboratory bench powered
by a  common 12  volt battery.  Imagine  starting with a  fully charged battery and 
connecting it to  the motor with no  other power input. Obviously, the motor is go
ing to run off the battery, but by conventional thinking it will stop when the battery
runs down.

  It isn't running by the conventional  wisdom of electrical physics.  It isn't running
by the conventional rules of electric motors and generators,  but it is running.

  And it isn't something complex. It's pretty simple, once one gets the hang of the
basic idea.

  Impossible, you say. Not at all. That's precisely what John Bedini has  done, and the
motor is running now in his workshop.

  It's  running  off  the  principles  of  electromagnetics  that  Nikola Tesla
discovered  shortly  before 1900 in  his  Colorado  Springs  experiments.  It's running
off the fact that pure empty vacuum - pure "emptiness", so to speak, is filled with riv
ers and oceans of seething energy, just as Nikola Tesla  pointed out.

  It's running off  the fact that vacuum space-time itself is nothing  but pure masless
charge. That is, vacuum has a very high electrostatic scalar potential  - it is greatly
stressed. To usefully tap the enormous locked-in energy of that stress, all one
 has to do is crack  it sharply and tap the  vacuum oscillations that result.  The best 
way to do  that is to  hit something  resonant that  is imbedded in  the  vacuum, then
tap the  resonant stress of the ringing  of  the vacuum itself.

  In other words, we can ring something at its resonant frequency and,  if that
something is imbedded  in the vacuum, we  can tap off the  resonance in  vacuum stress,
without  tapping energy directly from the embedded  system we rang into oscillation.
So
 what we really need is something that is deeply imbedded in the vacuum, that is,
something that can translate the "vacuum" movement into "mass" movement.

  Well, all charged particles  and ions are  already imbedded  in the vacuum by their
charged fluxes, so stressed oscillations - that is, vacuum oscillations - can be
converted into  normal energy of mass  movement by charged particles  or ions, if the
sy
stem of charged  particles or ions is made  to resonate in phase with our tapping
"potential". For our purpose, let's use a system of ions.

  First we will need a big accumulator to hold a lot of the charged ions in the system
that we wish to shock into oscillation. We need something that has a big capacitance
and also contains a lot of ions.

  An ordinary battery filled with electrolyte fits the bill nicely.  While it's not
commonly known, ordinary lead-acid storage  batterys have a resonant  ionic frequency,
usually in the  range of from 1 - 6 Mhz. All  we have to do is shock -oscillate the 
ions in the electrolyte at their resonant frequency and time our "trigger"  potential
and  "siphon" circuit  correctly.  Then if we keep  adding potential  to trigger the
system  we can get all that  "potential" to translate into "free electrical energy".


  Look  at it  this way.  Conventionally "electrostatic scalar potential" is composed
of work or energy per columb of charged particle mass. So if we add potential alone,
without the mass flow, to a system of oscillating charged particles, we add "physica
l energy" in the entire charged particle system.  In other words, the "potential" we
add is converted directly into "ordinary energy " by the  imbedded ions in  the system.
And if we are clever  we don't  have to furnish any pushing energy to move pure po
tential around. (For proof  that this is possible, see Bearden's Toward a New
Electromagnetics; Part IV; Vectors  and Mechanisms Clarified, Tesla Book Co., 1983,
Slide 19, Page 43, and  the  accompanying write-up, pages 10, and 11. Also see Y.
Aharonov an
d V. Bohm, "Significance of  Electromagnetic Potentials in the  Quantum Theory", 
Physical Review, Second Series,  Vol. 115, No. 3, Aug. 1, 1959,  pages 485-491.  On page
490 you will find  that it's  possible to have  a field-free  reigon of space,  and 
still have the potential determine the physical properties of the system.)

  Now  this  "free energy resonant coupling"  can be done  in a  simple,  cheap system. 
You don't need big cyclotrons  and huge laboratories to do it; you can do it with
ordinary D.C. motors, batteries, controllers and trigger circuits.

  And  that's  exactly what  John Bedini has done.  It's real.  It works.  It's running
now on John's laboratory bench in prototype form.

  But that's not all.  John is also a humanitarian.  He's as concerned as I  am for that 
little old widow lady at the  end of the lane,  stretching her meager Social Security 
check as far as she can, shivering in the cold  winter and not daring to turn 
up her  furnace because she  can't afford the  frightful utility bills.

 That's simply got to change and John Bedini may well be the fellow who changes it. 
By  openly releasing  his work  in  this  paper,  he is  providing  enough information
for all the tinkerers and independent inventors around the world to have at it. If 
he can get a thousand of them to duplicate his device, it simply can't be supressed as
so many others have been.

  So here it is.  John has deliberately written  his paper for the tinkerer and
experimenter, not for the scientist. You must be careful, for the device  is  a little
tricky to adjust in and synchronize all the resonances. You'll  have  to fiddle with
it,
 but it will work. Keep at it.

  Also, we warn you  not to play with this unless you know  what you are doing. The
resonating battery electrolyte produces hydrogen, and if you hit it to hard with a
"voltage spike" you can get an electrical spark inside the  battery.  If that happens, 

THE BATTERY WILL EXPLODE, so don't mess with it  unless you  are qualified and use the
utmost caution.

  But it DOES work.  So all you experimenters and pioneers,  now's your chance. Have
at it.  Build it. Tinker with it. Fiddle it into resonant operation.  Then lets build
this thing in quantity, sell it widely, and get those home utilities down to where w
e can all afford them - including the shivering little old  lady at the end of the lane.

  And when we do, lets give John Bedini, and men like him the credit and appreciation
they so richly deserve.

                                Tom Bearden

                                April 13,1984



John Bedini

[Note:  John Bedini developed Two kinds of controller devices.  One, being very simple,
is the one I will present here.  The other is quite a bit more complex, and  would be
impossible for me to reproduce here... Anyway if you want to  see the all electro
nic controller, get the book "Bedini's Free Energy Generator" by John C. Bedini, 
Published by the Tesla Book Co. 1580 Magnolia Ave.,  Millbrae, CA 94030.]

  For some time man has been looking for different ways to generate electricity. He has
used water power, steam power, nuclear power, and solar power.  Recent papers  written 
by  Tom Bearden  make a free  energy generator  possible.  Tom Bearden, rather 
than  patent his devices,  chose to share  them with people who had  open ears.  I
myself have  had  many  conversations  with Tom Bearden.  He found Tom to be one of 
the most reasonable men  he had ever dealt with in this energy field. Most  others woul
d tell you  stories of great  machines they had, but would  never  present  the truth 
with circuit  diagrams or  a look  at the machine in  question.  Tom, on the other hand, 
clearly presents  his ideas and clearly presents  his ideas and discloses  the
 concepts by means of which they work.

The facts I am about to present to you about free energy were never put into textbooks,
only portions were. The textbooks have grounded people in conventional theory and made
things very complicated. What I am  about to  explain  is  very simple;  anyone 
can  understand this  theory and  anyone  who understands what he is doing can build
this device.

  I have  been grounded  in conventional theory for some eleven years.  I  have always
tried  to  study  the  simplicity of electrical  circuits,  but  my mind wouldn't allow 
this because  of my orthodox  training.  In any event, I had to change the way 
i was looking at things.  I started to wonder, why do we need to have things so
complicated?  The truth of the matter is, we have been taught to consume or waste energy 
at every turn in our lives,  so we jump into our cars, turn on lights, etc.  In other
 words,  we have been conditioned to waste energy and  fuels lavishly,  not realizing 
that someday  someone will  sky-rocket our energy  bills  to a point  where we will 
not be able  to pay for  these fuels. Everything will come to a stand-still. But la
ugh as you will, at that time Rube Goldberg machines  will power your  future. It
probably will not be uncommon to see machines from the size  of garbage cans to the 
size of two story apartment houses powering  everything in sight.  These machines will 

be using a force in nature never conceived by the conventionally trained mind of today.

  The theory I am  about to explain  to you will  bring you  one step closer to gaining
free energy.

  To begin my story I must state I had a vision - looking for this energy. Many times
I hammered my head into the ground, but I refused to give up in my search. Any person
with  a dream should  never let it  be wasted by  fools,  who will always say "you 
can't do that". All that statement really means is that they do not know how to do it.

  There are  many different  ways to  explain this theory.  I will  discuss the first
one now.

  The device is very simple and uses a motor, a generator, a controller switch, and a
battery. Basically, we drive a direct current motor with pulsed current from a battery,
then utilize a special means to cause the battery to recharge itself.

  First, the battery, controller, and generator are interconnected as shown in figure
3. (See also Figure 1)

                                       
       /-----\            /-----\      
       o-12v | |===|  ||  | 14v.o      
       [Motor==|   |==||===Gen. ]      
       o+    | |===|  ||  |    .o      
       \-----/ Mass       \-----/      
                   Controller                                                 
                                       
                                       
  Figure 1: The Kromery Converter      
                                       

         __________                    
         = Brush 1                     
        _-_     * =shaft               
       /xxx\   xxx=copper              
      /x/x\x\   = =brush               
      | x*x=|_________         _o--o1  
      \ \x/ /Brush 2           /|      
       \_ _/              2o--/        
         -                             
         = Brush 3              o--o3  
         __________       Equivelant   
                           Circuit     
                                       
  Figure 2: Controller Construction    
                                       

 3O To controller 1O To controller     
  | brush #3       | brush #1          
  |                |                   
  |       Mass     | 2O To controller  
  |    Gen.   Motor|  | brush #2       
  |    ____ = ____ |  |                
  \----O+ |-=-| +O-/  \-To batt +      
    /--O- |-=-| -O--+---To batt -      
    |  ---- = ----  |                  
    \---------------/                  
                                       
  Figure 3: Schematic of the device    
                                       

Let's begin by stating certain facts. The ions move backwards under charging
conditions and in reverse under discharging conditions. So here we start our new
concept. Suppose we have constructed a machine that has tricked this battery into a
different space and time relationship. Simply put, suppose the battery never did any
work 
and it should have its full charge left in it. Suppose this becomes possible because
we have stressed the terminals in such a way that the ions in the battery electrolyte
actually move themselves backwards. The machine, or unit, that makes this possible h
as many different names. Some people call these units generators, energizers,
alternators, etc. Conventionally such devices have one thing in common; they stress the
battery backwards by pushing electricity into the battery and forcibly pushing the ions
i
n the electrolyte backwards. In our theory, we are not going to push anything - the ions
are going to move themselves, recharging the battery.

If we go a little deeper into this theory, you are probably asking yourself, "what is
this madman talking about?" Simply put, we are going to put a stress on the battery
terminals for a moment in time and the battery will do the rest. Now comes the heavy 
part of this theory. What they didn't teach you in textbooks is that, in order for the
battery to charge, two oscillatory actions must occur, one at the positive terminal and
one at the negative terminal. Under different stress levels this then forces the
 ions backwards. The same would occur for an electron. Our machine will slingshot ions
in the battery electrolyte backwards beyond the normal recoil action.

  I must give a very stern warning at this time that if the voltage developed is too
high the battery will explode. Use the utmost care. Test setups in my lab have proven
that this can be dangerous. Do not build the device and experiment with it unless yo
u know what you are doing, and use the utmost caution.

  When struck by a sharp voltage spike, the electrolyte in the battery will resonate
at a certain frequency and this can also force the ions backwards. Simply put, the
battery, the motor, and the energizer will become resonant at some point, "ring" like
a
 bell when we "strike" it, and in its ringing the most energy will be developed.

[Note: sorry I can't produce waveforms here so get the book! I will present the
explanation here, however]

  The battery is really charging itself. The ions in the electrolyte are being stressed
in a curved space and time relationship, the battery is actually forced into believing
that no work ever occured. The oscillatory action that has taken place by the en
ergizer has just pulsed our "slingshot" and immediately let go. Once this has happened,
the electrolyte in the battery goes wild and the ions race backwards, giving off
hydrogen and oxygen gas. I must make a stern warning here! The time of the stimulaing 
pulse is very important. If the time is to long the battery will burn itself out. If
the pulse time is too short or if the circuit fails to operate correctly, the battery
will never recover its charge. Taking this into consideration, the only failures tha
t could occur would be the controller failure due to a points faiulre (on the electronic
controller), or the multivibrator latched in the "on" position (again, only on the
electronic controller). Anyone studying this can see that we have used very little 
energy to get to this point, and gained a lot of resonant energy in return.

  We must remember that, if the battery is applied to the energizer longer than normal,
we must burn up the excess energy to keep the battery cool. The problem now becomes one
of embarrassing excess of energy, not a shortage.

  The energizer is also a simple machine, but if yu want to, you can make it very
complex. The simple way is to study the alternator principles. The waves we want to
generate are like those that came from old D.C. generators with the exception of
armature
 drag, bearing drag, and no excited fields. Also, we would want to cut the magnetic
fields at 90 degress to the armature. The simpler the better.

  I am going to throw a few ideas your way. I have run some tests in my lab and
discovered that certain types of energizers, generators, and alternators do what we
need. Also, we want to be able to tune the output of our energizer. The old D.C.
generator 
puts out something very close towhat we need, except for The drag.

  In an A.C. generator output we are going to see just what we manufacture. It would
appear that this leaves this generator out. Not really, because we can make this
generator's output change by rectifying it.

  In looking at the A.C. generator with rectified output, we see that it could become
very useful to us as an energizer, simply because it is the easiest to construct and
its principles are simple. I have done experiments with an A.C. generator using ALL 
N. alligned magnets, and rectified. Most people can see that that type o alternator
might have some problems. However, remember that I am looking for a certain type of wave
form that I want to tune to a certain frequency at a certain speed. The winding of
 this alternatr is a problem and it is a bit tricky, but I chose to stay with this unit.
You may choose a different method if you retain the principle. The type of energizer
that was used for the prototype was a standard office type 2-speed A.C. fan housi
ng. The coils were replaced with 6 coils of approx. 200 turns of #20 wire - all in
phase. Six permanent magnets are bonded to an aluminum disc. This arrangement is
basically a magneto, but will produce more amperage than ordinarily expected of a
magneto.


Controller Construction: Figure 2 shows the controller. It should be made of two
coencentric circles, one with approx. 140 degrees of copper, the other, spaced far
enough from the first for a brush to be inserted between them, a full 360 degrees of
copper
. Provisions should be made to rotate the brushes in relationship to each other in order
to secure the required timing.


Eike Mueller

John  Bedini found  that the material  generally available concerning Kromery's
Converter had  been altered. Rebuilding the  Kromery Converter from  the patent papers 
ended up  in  a  non-functioning  device. Bedini  found  the  necessary modifications 

which made  this  machine  perform.

Our first  goal was  to determine  the converters  efficiency.  We  found  this to  be 
quite  difficult  as  the  efficiency  changes  with  the load applied.

Figure K-1  shows the  first  setup  we  used. We  drove the  Kromery Converter from
a  12v motorcycle battery.  We  connected at  the output  of the converter a  condenser 
and  a  rectifier  bridge  in  parallel.  The  rectified  current was then  put b
ack  into the  motorcycle battery.  To detect  any current flow, we  connect  into  the
positive line  a  12 V light bulb.

The result of this test was the light bulb was lit up. However after 15 minutes the
batrery  voltage had  dropped from  11.05 V  to  9.10 V.  The speed  of the converter
was stabale at 1020 rpm.

               /----------\       /----\                                             
     /--O Kromery +O----+--O+12v|                                                  
|/-OConverter-O---+---O-   |           FIGURE K - 1                            || \--
--------/   ||  \----/                                                   ||          
     ||                                                           ||   /------------/| 
                 KROMERY CONVERTER                       |\-------.         |    
                                                       |    |  / \        |          
                                                |    | /FW \       |                 
 TEST SETUP #1                           |    \-Bridg+--(X)-/                      
                                     |      \   /   Bulb                             
                              |       \ /                                            
                       \--------.                                                  
                                                                                     


In the next  test we introduced  a seperate battery  (battery #2)  for charging from 
the  converter.

We recharged the  battery #2 from 12.30 V to 12.40 V  within 4 minutes,  and we measured
a current flow into the battery #2 of 0.8 amperes.

               /----------\       /----\                                             
     /--O Kromery +O-------O+12v|                                                  
|/-OConverter-O-------O-#1 |           FIGURE K - 2                            || \--
--------/       \----/                                                   ||          
                                                                  ||   /-------------\ 
/----\           KROMERY CONVERTER                       |\-------.         \--O-
12*|                                                   |    |  / \        /--O+#2 |  
                                                |    | /FW \       |  \----/         
 TEST SETUP #2                           |    \-Bridg+--(/)-/                      
                                     |      \   / Ampere   *Note difference          
                              |       \ /   Meter   in polarity from                 
                       \--------.            battery #1.                           
                                                                                     
Figure  K-2  shows  the  second  test  setup.  Because  the  kromery  converter ran 
too slow on  one 12 V battery,  we decided to drive the converter using  24 V via tw
o 12  V batteries, connected in series.

  Next we wanted to find a correlation between the normal charging of battery #2 using
a commercial battery charger, and charging this same battery with the Kromery converter.
We drained the battery #2 to 8 V, connected it to the Kromery Converter, and af
ter reaching 11.51 V, we measured the time it took to charge the battery from this
voltage level of 11.51 V to 12.45 V.  We reached this voltage (12.45 V) after 11
minutes. The indicated current into the battery was 0.94 A.

We then repeated  these steps using the  commercial battery charger. Because we ran out 
of time  after nearly  2 hours, we  disconnected the  battery from the charger.  The
battery voltage had reached 12.41 V.  The measurement is depicted in Figure K-3.


   THE BATTERY CHARGER NEEDED 119 MINUTES

   TO RAISE THE BATTERY VOLTAGE FROM 11.51 V TO 12.41 V                              
                             FIGURE K - 3

   THE KROMERY CONVERTER NEEDED 11 MINUTES

   TO RAISE THE BATTERY VOLTAGE FROM 11.51 V TO 12.45 V


      NOTE:  The charger could not fill up the batteries
             to 12.45 volts within two hours.


We wanted to  find a  correction factor for the Kromery  Converter by comparing the 
same effect,  i.e.  the charging  of the  same battery from  one  specific voltage to
another specific voltage. The calculation of this factor is avilable in  the book "E
xperiments with a Kromery and a Brandt-Tesla converter built  by John Bedini" By Eike
Mueller, with Comments by Tom Bearden. Table K-1 shows the combined test results.
Because  we  detected  an increase  in the  speed of the Kromery Converter as well as
a
 decrease in the input energy when  we  increased the output load,  we  decided  to 
measure the input energy and speed when  the output was shorted. Again, the input energy
dropped and the speed increased.

  Measurement        No Load  Loaded With  Shorted  Corrected
                              Battery              Fact. 5.535
  ============================================================

  Input Voltage      25.30       25.00      24.90             

  Input Current       3.90        3.00       2.20             

  ------------------------------------------------------------

  Watts In           98.67       75.00      54.78             

  Watts Out           N/A        10.26       N/A      56.78   

  ------------------------------------------------------------

  Speed In Rev/Sec   40.00       65.00      73.00             

  Output Voltage DC  48.00       10.80       N/A              
  Output Current      N/A         0.95       1.05              
------------------------------------------------------------

  Watts In/Out        N/A         7.31       N/A       1.32   

  ============================================================


                        Table K - 1


Using  the  earlier determined  correction factor  of 5.535 we  calculated  the energy
they put into the battery to 56.78 watts (from  10.26 * 5.535).  Looking at Table K-1
we see that it takes only 54.78 watts to run the Kromery Converter when the  outpu
t is shorted.  This result led us to continue  with theese tests and load the converter
output even more. The results of these tests can be seen in Table K-2.

Here again,  we detected  that we  would get a  higher efficiency  of the total device, 
the  more  we  load  down the  output side.  This  effect  is  totally contradictory
to the conventional laws of physics.


  Measurement       No Load  Loaded With Loaded w/ Loaded w/
                             Lamp & Batt 13.5 Ohms 0.63 Ohms
  ============================================================

  Input Voltage      25.40       25.30      20.00    21.90    

  Input Current       3.90        3.90       3.39     2.30    

  ------------------------------------------------------------

  Watts In           99.06       98.67      67.80    50.37    

  Watts Out           N/A        21.00     185.19    634.92   

  Watts Out (Corrected)          116.24  
------------------------------------------------------------

  Resistance (Ohms)   N/A         N/A       13.50     0.63    

  Output Voltage DC  48.00       28.00      50.00    20.00    

  Output Current      N/A         0.75       N/A      N/A     

  ------------------------------------------------------------

  Watts In/Out        N/A         0.85       0.37      0.08   

  ============================================================


                        Table K - 2


We used the Kromery correction factor for the First case, when we had connected the
battery to the  converter output.  We did not use this factor in both other cases when
we used resistors in the output circuit.

The above test results show  that the  efficiency of the  Kromery Converter  is well
above 100%.


The end. Typed by (_>Shadow Hawk 1<_). May be distributed anywhere as long as you keep
the credits. I dont give a shit what you do with it either.

by 'Richard' / Cyberspace Café forum (Oct. 7, 2005)

Though initially formulated almost 90 years ago and despite being an ongoing scientific development of huge importance, Quantum Mechanics has been conspicuously marginalized in both mainstream science and popular awareness.

The general perception has been that Quantum Physics interpretations are not relevant except to a handful of particle physicists and mathematicians.  This is because the subatomic proofs of Quantum Mechanics do not reconcile with observations on the scale of matter in which the bulk of human activity takes place.

Einstein’s theory of Relativity describes the gamut of goings-on from human to celestial bodies.  But it does not explain subatomic events.  Hence the fundamental conflict within the discipline of Physics and the continuing search for the Unified Field Theory (otherwise known as the "Theory of Everything").

Legends of "secret technologies" draw their sustenance from this chasm in the terrain of Physics.  The subtext of these tales is that they contain not only the clues to resolve the quandary of modern physical theory but also the keys to the mastery of physical reality itself.

Keeping It Real

Some claims of self-described survivors of “secret government” experiments appear to exemplify advanced interpretations of Quantum Mechanics.  As the Quantum Physics model of Reality becomes better understood, it may seem less eccentric to entertain the possibility that some of these conspiracy-tinged reports represent direct experience of trans-dimensional events.  Or perhaps it will be proved once-and -or all that these people are lying.

When the legend of the Philadelphia Experiment[1] first surfaced in the mid-1950s and the Montauk Project was first publicized in the early 1990s with their “non-fictional” testimonies of teleportation, parallel universes, and "alternate selves", the conventional response was that these claimants were either liars or nuts.

Over the past decade, however, Quantum Physics interpretations involving parallel universes have begun to pervade the mainstream of scientific thought, raising the possibility that there may be at least some theoretical merit to these off-center claims.

In the July 2003 issue of Scientific American was the article by University of Pennsylvania professor of physics and astronomy Max Tegmark entitled "Parallel Universes":

"Not just a staple of science-fiction, other universes are a direct implication of cosmological observations describes 4 different levels of parallel universes, currently theorized by the World’s cutting-edge scientists where it is posited that countless versions of ourselves simultaneously exist. …

"The idea of an alter ego seems strange and implausible.  But it looks as if we will just have to live with it because it is supported by astronomical observations.  The simplest and most popular model today predicts you have a twin in a galaxy about 10 to the 10²⁸ meters from here.  The distance is beyond astronomical but that does not make your doppelganger any less real." [2] 

The “secret government” time-travel legends of the Philadelphia Experiment and the Montauk Project have been propagated in pop culture as a strange amalgam of non-fiction and myth about frontline Quantum Physics ideas well before they were part of mainstream Science.  It could almost be said that these fables are simple dramatizations of theoretical concepts (so blatant is their air of sci-fi).  Or in the words of Disinformation’s Richard Metzger: “comic book Cosmology.”

While these stories claim to represent actual manipulations of space-time physics, it remains to be publicly proven whether these events are true in any other sense besides their theoretical underpinnings, which they express in semi-allegory.

After all, these legends also represent “secret government” technology and may more accurately convey a pre-emptive disinformation campaign about such know-how, generating purposeful confusion around this topic in defense of “our” National Security.

This is not to say that the proponents of the Philadelphia Experiment and Montauk Project legends are necessarily lying.  Everyone claiming to have participated in these projects also alleges to have been brainwashed and mind controlled.  So despite their own best efforts to “de-program” and to uncover the truth, they may all still be spewing the company line.  On the other hand, claiming to be brainwashed is a superlative means for con artists and psychopaths to explain themselves.

Whether these people have been robbed of their minds by U.S. taxpayer-subsidized projects or if they are merely rank liars, it is a human tragedy either way and a matter worthy of investigation.  The subjects’ attendant creepiness deflects from potentially vital clues to the puzzle of human existence and the mechanics of Reality that are the heart of these reports.

What if mainstream Science were to seriously interview these claimants and set up robust experiments based on their intelligence?  The results may be at least as illuminating as the higher math and “double-slit” particle interference pattern experiments on which much of today’s physical theories are based.  However if space-time technology is as jealously controlled by military elements as alleged, it may be ages before this kind of information is released into the private sector. [3]

Physics Run Amok

Since the 1950s, mathematicians have theorized that on a quantum level, every possible event is made manifest in an infinite number of parallel universes.  Initially developed by Princeton University graduate student Hugh Everett III, the "Many Worlds Interpretation" of Quantum Mechanics describes how an infinite amount of universes are constantly splitting off from one another.   

This would suggest that every reality field is a complex set of algorithms -- as “valid” as any other.  In other words, not only is anything possible; anything and everything are actually happening somewhere (i.e., anything/everything is “true” or “real”).  While this appears to be Physics run amok, it is as theoretically sound as it is difficult to stomach.

So, if all is consciousness and all is relative as suggested by the above, one might then ask what is insanity?  This question has been central to the life work of Olga Kharitidi, M.D. -- a Russian psychiatrist who was born into a family of several generations of medical doctors.  She is the author of the marvelous book Entering the Circle in which she describes her experiences as a doctor in a Siberian psychiatric hospital.

Dr. Kharitidi had been treating incurably insane patients with the orthodox methodology of drugs and getting the predictably dismal results until she had an unexpected encounter with a shaman in the Altai mountain region.  This encounter triggered a series of events that opened her consciousness to alternate healing practices.  This supplemented her psychiatric training, leading to a much higher rate of success with her schizophrenic patients.

The PsychoTronic Chamber

Dr. Kharitidi became acquainted with the director of a Siberian physics laboratory -- "Dr. Ivan Petrovich Dmitriev" (a pseudonym) -- who had been applying his research in Quantum Physics to the study of Consciousness and Reality.  Dmitriev and his team had constructed a mirrored, cylindrical psychotronic chamber devised to open up states of alternate awareness.  Dr. Kharitidi agreed to participate in his consciousness experiment.

During their separate trials in the chamber, Kharitidi and Dmitriev experienced similar visions about alternate streams of human development.  Dmitriev perceived that some of these alternate reality streams were currently physically intersecting with our own reality.

The outward manifestation of this occurrence was in the form of archaeological discoveries of mummies in the Altai region which had been reported in the news.  Dmitriev received a powerful impression that the Altai mummies were not from our timeline but had somehow emerged into our world from a parallel timeline.

Dr. Kharitidi's account is interesting because it is an unusual source for a report of parallel universes.  Further, she makes the extraordinary (albeit highly subjective) claim of a perceived "collision" or “merging” of one distinct physical universe into another.   

References to parallel timelines "colliding" with ours are more commonly to be found on conspiracy websites in the form of "channeled" messages ascribed to extraterrestrial beings or in tracts by "ex-government insiders" professing to have knowledge of such events.

For the most part, these references center on the Cold War legends of the Philadelphia Experiment and the Montauk Project -- two related tales that are perhaps chiefly distinguished by a general perception of their manifest dubiousness.  This is related to the vast subject of government disinformation which is the subject of this author’s upcoming book.

Without addressing the truth of these legends for the moment, it is nonetheless interesting to note their recurring themes.  Two salient themes of the Philadelphia Experiment are that the U.S. Government was unwittingly baited into creating a rip in the fabric of space-time by extra-dimensional aliens and that the resulting 40-year time rift has enabled a mass alien invasion of our universe/timeline.

The fundamental claim of Montauk Project proponents is that our own universe is the artificial product of a series of high-voltage operations which have drastically altered the original course of history (which is now a separate universe).  There is an abiding concern that our "artificial" reality is inherently unstable and that it will soon “implode”.   

More worrisome is the concern that such meddling threatens the imminent dissolution of the entire physical dimension of 3-D as suggested by Alan DeWalton (an active writer on the Internet of these fringe ideas):

"Could the creation of multiple timelines by temporal manipulation on the part of the Montauk projects lead to some kind of unraveling of the linear third dimension itself?  Perhaps around the year 2012 as some have suggested?" [4]

It may be easy to write off these musings as either “crazy” or even “government-sponsored disinformation”.  However, neither seems likely in the case of the Russian MD who evinces neither paranoia nor victimization at the hands of any “conspiracy” and whose main agenda (judging from her various works) appears to be that of healing illness.

The Damanhur Federation and the Physics of Schizophrenia

Another conspiracy-free source of time-travel reports is the Damanhur Federation -- a spiritual community located in the Piedmont region of northwestern Italy.  Describing itself as an "artistic, alchemical mystery school”, some of its members claim to have achieved time-travel by means of rigorous cognitive training and hypnosis in conjunction with their own psychotronic equipment [5].  Open to visitors, their impressive Temple of Humankind was carved by hand out of an alpine foothill and is located atop what they purport to be one of the most powerful "vortices" on the Planet.

Are people who claim inter-dimensional experiences and time-travel clinically insane?  Classic symptoms of paranoid schizophrenia (as defined by clinical Psychology) might include such experiences.  However, these people appear to be highly functional (their unconventional views and experiences notwithstanding).

Are the Damanhur members actually tapping into other dimensions or achieving astral and physical travel to other worlds and times?  Conversely, could the classic symptoms of schizophrenia be the result of a space-time disorder within the energy fields of the afflicted person?

Is there a viable Quantum Physics interpretation of schizoid mental illness relating to the misalignment of the manifold, multi-dimensional energy fields that make up the spiritual, mental, and physical human being

Could this misalignment of human energy fields occur spontaneously as in many cases of schizophrenia where the onset occurs during adolescence in patients who were completely "normal" up to that point?  Might such a misalignment result in a person's uncontrollable perception of interpenetrating realities and the inability to distinguish between one time stream and another?

[StealthSkater note: somewhat discredited remote-viewer David Morehouse said that as part of his Defense Intelligence Agency training, he was told to "rv" the Ark of the Covenant.  He reported that Hebrew priests tied their ankles to stakes to prevent them from being "absorbed" into another dimension while opening the Ark.  (One of the alleged hindrances to remote-viewer as a reliable intelligence-gathering tool is that no two rv-ers report the same thing when accessing the same "target".  Some have suggested that there are really accessing other alternate timelines/histories that the "Many Worlds Interpretation" quantum theory says must exist.]

 

There are distressing reports from the "Fringe" which indicate that this misalignment can occur following the high-tech, inter-dimensional meddling of the "alien abduction" scenario.  Many abductee accounts testify about the separation of the astral body from the physical body during the process of abduction.  Surgical procedures are reportedly conducted in the astral, "4^th density" realm which is described as a para-physical bandwidth of Reality which appears to occur in the "Future" relative to physical 3-D reality.  After the procedures, the subjects' subtle energy fields are reportedly catapulted backward in time and merged together again with their more dense physical structures. 

It is not hard to imagine how such procedures (conducted repeatedly on a human being) could result in considerable wear-and-tear mentally and physically.  There are chilling references in abduction literature to the high incidence of people who -- not having been properly reassembled by this alien technology -- now crowd our mental institutions.

The Phoenix Project

A dramatic illustration of the effects of such a misalignment of non-physical and physical human energy fields is seen in the legendary Philadelphia Experiment where it is reported that many sailors went insane afterwards.  Electrical engineer Bob Beckwith worked on secret projects for the Navy during World War II and heard many eyewitness accounts of this experiment. In his 1996 book Hypotheses, Beckwith asks an important question:

"Is the drastic effect experienced by sailors participating in the Philadelphia Experiment related to conditions of mental patients in general?  Could something be learned from reports of the Experiment if they could be declassified?  Surely this 54-year-old information could now be made available to the mental health industry if requested for possible use in the free portion of our scientific community."

Conversely, Beckwith suggests that this same understanding of the entire range of energetics that constitute the nonphysical and physical aspects of a human entity could be used to develop an "insidious, offensive, anti-personnel weapon leaving little or no trace of it use."

The Phoenix Project -- which allegedly grew out of the Philadelphia Experiment and was carried out at the military base in Montauk, New York -- is said to have involved tests of the electronic manipulation of human consciousness.  According to Al Bielek, Preston Nichols, and other self-described survivors of the Montauk Project, these mind-control experiments were performed on the unwitting inhabitants of the hamlet of Montauk as well as on the general population lying within the 250-mile range of the SAGE antenna on the Montauk base.

[StealthSkater note: Indeed, a recent twist to the famous 1961 Betty&Barney Hill alien abduction (which led to the discovery of the twin star system Zeta Reticuli) was that it was an experimental test of memory implants conducted by the U.S. military.  (Other "spins" said that it was actually done under the auspices of the aliens in a joint ET-Government program.)]

HAARP and Non-Lethal Weapons Testing

Rumor has it that the Ionospheric tests of the HAARP Project [6] currently taking place in Gakona, Alaska are the most recent outgrowth of the Phoenix Project.  Conspiracy researchers claim that HAARP is picking up where the Montauk Project left off.  That is, testing the methods of controlling selected frequency ranges in the electromagnetic spectrum from the encryption of military communications to the subordination of human brainwaves worldwide. 

One notable property of all waveforms is that of entrainment whereby stronger frequencies cause surrounding weaker frequencies to resonate with them.  It is not impossible to envision the deployment of a psychoactive signal that would affect brainwave entrainment on a mass scale.  This could possibly be achieved by modulating the resonance fields of the extensive electrical power supply grids already in place around the World.  After all, where there are electrical power grids, there are people.

With the added boost of satellites, the electromagnetic fields within the Ionospheric shell surrounding the planet could be saturated with psychoactive frequencies.  According to Valdamar Valerian in his seminal conspiracy compendium Matrix III, this technology is already in use by the "Secret Government". 

True or not, the scenario could be seen as worthy of development from the standpoint of a military looking to develop non-lethal weapons.  Military and corporate mentalities are no doubt looking to develop a "soft" weapon -- i.e.,  one that would eliminate real estate damage, keep everyone at their jobs, and the economy humming.  It could easily be argued that such an operation would be preferable to conventional warfare.

Is this the hidden purpose of the electromagnetic cage created by the thousands of satellites now in orbit around the Earth?  These satellites -- which drive billions of cell phones, satellite TVs and the wireless Internet -- also bombard people with high-frequency signals.  [StealthSkater note: I don't think there are "thousands" of satellites in orbit.  But there was a sci-fi movie "They Exist!" (starring ex-pro wrestler "Rowdy Roddy Piper") which was based on the theme that subliminal signals on radio and television stations were masking our perception of aliens already living among us.  Special sunglasses were required to filter out these frequencies.]

Fascinating contactee accounts from a variety of sources [7] suggest that the most effective form of mind-control involves electrically-imprinting the DNA of human beings -- a technology that some say may eventually be deployed on large population groups.  Stewart Swerdlow (a self-described survivor of the Montauk Project) uses the terms "DNA" and "Mind Pattern" interchangeably.  Swerdlow suggests that DNA is a molecular representation of a specific range of consciousness frequencies (akin to a circuit board) through which the non-physical aspects of a conscious entity interface with physical reality through the vehicle of a human body. 

Other alien contactees further suggest that from a multi-dimensional perspective, the human organism is a living holographic projection mechanism through which the experience of 3-dimensional reality is created.  In other words, the interactive phenomenon known as "physical reality" is projected "outward" from deep within the human soul.  In her channeled book series Voyagers, author/abductee Anna Hayes writes:

"The perceivable experience of movement, passing time, matter, space, distance between objects, and separation of forms is an illusion created by the multidimensional, holographic refraction of particles and anti-particles which pulsate and spin at varying speeds and angular rotations in relation to each other.

 

"The movement of particles itself is a holographic illusion.  Movement only appears to be such when consciousness views itself through the layered prisms of multidimensional order.  It will be centuries before your scientists begin to comprehend these facts of reality construction.

 

"Your sciences do not as yet realize the rudimentary mechanics of how the illusion of three-dimensionality itself is created through the human organism.  The human body has not as yet been identified as the living 'holographic projection mechanism' that it is in actuality."

 

The above statement expresses the hallmark Quantum concepts of “non-locality”. “non-temporality”. and “observer-created reality” though supposedly channeled from an alien consciousness.  In addition, this statement dovetails with salient details in the Montauk Project legend -- whereby the creation of inter-dimensional vortices which reportedly enabled physical travel to the Past and Future -- required the electromagnetic harnessing of a human subject's energy field or soul.

From this standpoint, one can see how the power of mass consciousness (and the energetic control thereof) would be of grave importance to anyone with an interest in maintaining or otherwise affecting the status quo.  To anyone with an interest in controlling the fabric of Reality itself.

 

[StealthSkater note: the nod to "illusion" is interesting because Einstein himself said that Time (Reality) was an illusion.  There is also a "Holgraphic Universe" theory.  And at least one researcher alleges that Los Alamos Nuclear Labs was investigating "holographic portals" that were both amazing and frightening to researchers.

 

Finally, the Military supposedly has a means of "projecting" holographic images.  UK inventor/rv-er proposes a "Star Chamber" which would allow a remote viewer to holographic "project" himself and allow others to interact with him in real time.]

Holographic Inserts

Some contactee reports suggest that Reality (as we know it is "programmable") and that the ability of higher-dimensional manipulators to electrically-imprint human DNA can cause people to perceive artificial reality holograms.  Contactee literature makes fantastic claims that many key historical events were just these sorts of holographic inserts.  Events that altered the course of human History but which never "really" -- or rather, naturally -- happened.

It is claimed that this alien technology has been perfected over the course of the last 50 years using the military test subjects of the Phoenix Project.  Contactees warn that a scenario reminiscent of that in the film "The Matrix" could actually occur whereby conventional human reality would be replaced with an alien holographic facsimile.

If these reports contain any truth, they could offer insights into how people (purportedly separately involved in secret Government projects) such as Al Bielek (of Philadelphia Experiment and Montauk lore) and Phil Schneider (who claimed to have been involved in the construction of the infamous underground bases at Dulce, New Mexico and Area-51 in Nevada) could end up with their common worldview.

Bielek and Schneider -- along with others who claim to have worked with non-human, inter-dimensional entities -- may have been early test subjects for a sophisticated technology that induced elaborate realistic hallucinations.  This technology might even explain the Bush presidency.

While it may be of interest to have an awareness of these horrendous paranoid machinations, it is clearly unproductive to obsess about such things.  This is especially true since numerous university studies over the past 70 years suggest that thoughts "solidify" into material expression.

The Association for Comprehensive Energy Psychiatry has collected over 2.6 million trials of data, demonstrating direct mental influence over Random Event Generators that operate on the basis of radioactive decay or thermal noise such as those of the Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research (PEAR) project established in 1979 [8].

PEAR conducted thousands of experiments of psychokinetic and other psychic phenomena over the following 2 decades and concluded ( among other things) that Consciousness does have an influence on physical matter; intentions in the Present can influence events in both the Future and the Past; and that spatial separation is not a prohibiting factor in the activities of Consciousness.  These findings are totally congruent with Quantum theory.

[StealthSkater note: actually, PEAR was closed down recently due to a lack of a convincing standard error rate (if I'm interpreting it correctly).  Something like only 50.1% of the time which was hardly better than an ordinary coin toss.  But that is not to say that some remote-viewers like Joe McMoneagle or Lyn Buchanon are not truly "gifted".  (It was Buchanon who allegedly "influenced" a quantum event (for example, in a tunnel diode) that led to a meltdown of a military laptop computer.

 

There have been some reports about actually "materializing" thought-forms.  (Reminds me of a scene from the 1956 class "Forbidden Planet" when such thoughts were materialized in the Krell IQ machine. ]

To quote again from the Max Tegmark article in the July 2003 issue of Scientific American:

"The complaint about weirdness is aesthetic rather than scientific and it really makes sense only in the Aristotelian worldview.  Yet what did we expect?  When we ask a profound question about the nature of Reality, do we not expect an answer that sounds strange?

 

"Evolution provided us with intuition for the everyday physics that had survival value for our distant ancestors.  So whenever we venture beyond the everyday world, we should expect it to seem bizarre…  Perhaps we will gradually get used to the weird ways of our cosmos and find strangeness to be part of its charm."

Alexandra Bruce is the author of The Philadelphia Experiment Murder:  Parallel Universes & The Physics of Insanity and the upcoming book The Montauk PsyOp:  Time Travel, Mind Control & Disinformation.  She has previously contributed to Paranoia magazine (Steamshovel Press), Borderland Sciences magazine, and the Disinformation website.  Her personal website address is: http://www.chica.bruce.net .

NOTES

1. To learn more about the Philadelphia Experiment, this is an excellent place to start:

http://ufos.about.com/cs/philadelphiaexp

2. [StealthSkater note: the entire article is archived at

http://www.stealthskater.com/Science.htm#Tegmark ]

3. This account of “quantum surveillance” was recently brought to my attention.  It is as informative as it is disturbing:  http://911rushtojudgment.blogspot.com/

4.  To surf some of these provocative Montaukian themes, you can begin at the following web pages:

http://www.davidicke.net/emagazine/vol19/articles/timelines.html

http://www.angelfire.com/ut/branton/worldline.html

http://www.trufax.org/general/archives.html

http://www.reptilianagenda.com/cont/co121099f.html

http://www.crawford2000.co.uk/and.htm

http://www.cassiopaea.org/cass/wave5.htm

5. The Damanhur Federation’s webpage with more information about their time travel experiments is located here:  http://www.damanhur.org/time/

6. To learn more about HAARP, I highly recommend the book by Jerry Smith and his website:

http://www.jerryesmith.com/ha/

7. This scenario is a composite of information gathered from the following publications:  Matrix III by Val Valerian; As Ye Reap, Shall Ye Sow by Stewart Swerdlow, Alien Jigsaw, by Katharina Wilson; and Voyagers by Anna Hayes.  Related links to these books can be found here:

http://www.trufax.org/catalog/m3v1.html

http://www.stewartswerdlow.com/

http://www.alienjigsaw.com/

http://www.infinitetechnologies.co.za/articles/extraterrestrialtechcounter.htm

8. The webpage of the Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research project (which discusses their consciousness experiments) can be found at this address:

http://www.princeton.edu/~pear/2.html

© 2003 by Alexandra Bruce for Paranoia magazine.

http://www.media-underground.net/submissions/chica_physics.htm

How advanced could they possibly be?

by Michio Kaku

The late Carl Sagan once asked this question, What does it mean for a civilization to be a million years old? We have had radio telescopes and spaceships for a few decades; our technical civilization is a few hundred years old... an advanced civilization millions of years old is as much beyond us as we are beyond a bush baby or a macaque.???

Although any conjecture about such advanced civilizations is a matter of sheer speculation, one can still use the laws of physics to place upper and lower limits on these civilizations. In particular, now that the laws of quantum field theory, general relativity, thermodynamics, etc. are fairly well-established, physics can impose broad physical bounds which constrain the parameters of these civilizations.

This question is no longer a matter of idle speculation. Soon, humanity may face an existential shock as the current list of a dozen Jupiter-sized extra-solar planets swells to hundreds of earth-sized planets, almost identical twins of our celestial homeland. This may usher in a new era in our relationship with the universe: we will never see the night sky in the same way ever again, realizing that scientists may eventually compile an encyclopedia identifying the precise co-ordinates of perhaps hundreds of earth-like planets.

Today, every few weeks brings news of a new Jupiter-sized extra-solar planet being discovered, the latest being about 15 light years away orbiting around the star Gliese 876. The most spectacular of these findings was photographed by the Hubble Space Telescope, which captured breathtaking photos of a planet 450 light years away being sling-shot into space by a double-star system.

But the best is yet to come. Early in the next decade, scientists will launch a new kind of telescope, the interferome try space telescope, which uses the interference of light beams to enhance the resolving power of telescopes.

For example, the Space Interferometry Mission (SIM), to be launched early in the next decade, consists of multiple telescopes placed along a 30 foot structure. With an unprecedented resolution approaching the physical limits of optics, the SIM is so sensitive that it almost defies belief: orbiting the earth, it can detect the motion of a lantern being waved by an astronaut on Mars!

The SIM, in turn, will pave the way for the Terrestrial Planet Finder, to be launched late in the next decade, which should identify even more earth-like planets. It will scan the brightest 1,000 stars within 50 light years of the earth and will focus on the 50 to 100 brightest planetary systems.

All this, in turn, will stimulate an active effort to determine if any of them harbor life, perhaps some with civilizations more advanced than ours.

Although it is impossible to predict the precise features of such advanced civilizations, their broad outlines can be analyzed using the laws of physics. No matter how many millions of years separate us from them, they still must obey the iron laws of physics, which are now advanced enough to explain everything from sub-atomic particles to the large-scale structure of the universe, through a staggering 43 orders of magnitude.
Physics of Type I, II, and III Civilizations

Specifically, we can rank civilizations by their energy consumption, using the following principles:

1) The laws of thermodynamics. Even an advanced civilization is bound by the laws of thermodynamics, especially the Second Law, and can hence be ranked by the energy at their disposal.

2) The laws of stable matter. Baryonic matter (e.g. based on protons and neutrons) tends to clump into three large groupings: planets, stars and galaxies. (This is a well-defined by product of stellar and galactic evolution, thermonuclear fusion, etc.) Thus, their energy will also be based on three distinct types, and this places upper limits on their rate of energy consumption.

3) The laws of planetary evolution. Any advanced civilization must grow in energy consumption faster than the frequency of life-threatening catastrophes (e.g. meteor impacts, ice ages, supernovas, etc.). If they grow any slower, they are doomed to extinction. This places mathematical lower limits on the rate of growth of these civilizations.

In a seminal paper published in 1964 in the Journal of Soviet Astronomy, Russian astrophysicist Nicolai Kardashev theorized that advanced civilizations must therefore be grouped according to three types: Type I, II, and III, which have mastered planetary, stellar and galactic forms of energy, respectively. He calculated that the energy consumption of these three types of civilization would be separated by a factor of many billions. But how long will it take to reach Type II and III status?
Shorter than most realize.

Berkeley astronomer Don Goldsmith reminds us that the earth receives about one billionth of the suns energy, and that humans utilize about one millionth of that. So we consume about one million billionth of the suns total energy. At present, our entire planetary energy production is about 10 billion billion ergs per second. But our energy growth is rising exponentially, and hence we can calculate how long it will take to rise to Type II or III status.

Goldsmith says, Look how far we have come in energy uses once we figured out how to manipulate energy, how to get fossil fuels really going, and how to create electrical power from hydropower, and so forth; we've come up in energy uses in a remarkable amount in just a couple of centuries compared to billions of years our planet has been here ... and this same sort of thing may apply to other civilizations.???

Physicist Freeman Dyson of the Institute for Advanced Study estimates that, within 200 years or so, we should attain Type I status. In fact, growing at a modest rate of 1% per year, Kardashev estimated that it would take only 3,200 years to reach Type II status, and 5,800 years to reach Type III status. Living in a Type I,II, or III civilization

For example, a Type I civilization is a truly planetary one, which has mastered most forms of planetary energy. Their energy output may be on the order of thousands to millions of times our current planetary output. Mark Twain once said, ???Everyone complains about the weather, but no one does anything about it. This may change with a Type I civilization, which has enough energy to modify the weather. They also have enough energy to alter the course of earthquakes, volcanoes, and build cities on their oceans.

Currently, our energy output qualifies us for Type 0 status. We derive our energy not from harnessing global forces, but by burning dead plants (e.g. oil and coal). But already, we can see the seeds of a Type I civilization. We see the beginning of a planetary language (English), a planetary communication system (the Internet), a planetary economy (the forging of the European Union), and even the beginnings of a planetary culture (via mass media, TV, rock music, and Hollywood films).

By definition, an advanced civilization must grow faster than the frequency of life-threatening catastrophes. Since large meteor and comet impacts take place once every few thousand years, a Type I civilization must master space travel to deflect space debris within that time frame, which should not be much of a problem. Ice ages may take place on a time scale of tens of thousands of years, so a Type I civilization must learn to modify the weather within that time frame.

Artificial and internal catastrophes must also be negotiated. But the problem of global pollution is only a mortal threat for a Type 0 civilization; a Type I civilization has lived for several millennia as a planetary civilization, necessarily achieving ecological planetary balance. Internal problems like wars do pose a serious recurring threat, but they have thousands of years in which to solve racial, national, and sectarian conflicts.

Eventually, after several thousand years, a Type I civilization will exhaust the power of a planet, and will derive their energy by consuming the entire output of their suns energy, or roughly a billion trillion trillion ergs per second.

With their energy output comparable to that of a small star, they should be visible from space. Dyson has proposed that a Type II civilization may even build a gigantic sphere around their star to more efficiently utilize its total energy output. Even if they try to conceal their existence, they must, by the Second Law of Thermodynamics, emit waste heat. From outer space, their planet may glow like a Christmas tree ornament. Dyson has even proposed looking specifically for infrared emissions (rather than radio and TV) to identify these Type II civilizations.

Perhaps the only serious threat to a Type II civilization would be a nearby supernova explosion, whose sudden eruption could scorch their planet in a withering blast of X-rays, killing all life forms. Thus, perhaps the most interesting civilization is a Type III civilization, for it is truly immortal. They have exhausted the power of a single star, and have reached for other star systems. No natural catastrophe known to science is capable of destroying a Type III civilization.

Faced with a neighboring supernova, it would have several alternatives, such as altering the evolution of dying red giant star which is about to explode, or leaving this particular star system and terraforming a nearby planetary system.

However, there are roadblocks to an emerging Type III civilization. Eventually, it bumps up against another iron law of physics, the theory of relativity. Dyson estimates that this may delay the transition to a Type III civilization by perhaps millions of years.

But even with the light barrier, there are a number of ways of expanding at near-light velocities. For example, the ultimate measure of a rockets capability is measured by something called specific impulse??? (defined as the product of the thrust and the duration, measured in units of seconds). Chemical rockets can attain specific impulses of several hundred to several thousand seconds. Ion engines can attain specific impulses of tens of thousands of seconds. But to attain near-light speed velocity, one has to achieve specific impulse of about 30 million seconds, which is far beyond our current capability, but not that of a Type III civilization. A variety of propulsion systems would be available for sub-light speed probes (such as ram-jet fusion engines, photonic engines, etc.)
How to Explore the Galaxy

Because distances between stars are so vast, and the number of unsuitable, lifeless solar systems so large, a Type III civilization would be faced with the next question: what is the mathematically most efficient way of exploring the hundreds of billions of stars in the galaxy?

In science fiction, the search for inhabitable worlds has been immortalized on TV by heroic captains boldly commanding a lone star ship, or as the murderous Borg, a Type III civilization which absorbs lower Type II civilization (such as the Federation). However, the most mathematically efficient method to explore space is far less glamorous: to send fleets of Von Neumann probes??? throughout the galaxy (named after John Von Neumann, who established the mathematical laws of self-replicating systems).

A Von Neumann probe is a robot designed to reach distant star systems and create factories which will reproduce copies themselves by the thousands. A dead moon rather than a planet makes the ideal destination for Von Neumann probes, since they can easily land and take off from these moons, and also because these moons have no erosion. These probes would live off the land, using naturally occurring deposits of iron, nickel, etc. to create the raw ingredients to build a robot factory. They would create thousands of copies of themselves, which would then scatter and search for other star systems.

Similar to a virus colonizing a body many times its size, eventually there would be a sphere of trillions of Von Neumann probes expanding in all directions, increasing at a fraction of the speed of light. In this fashion, even a galaxy 100,000 light years across may be completely analyzed within, say, a half million years.

If a Von Neumann probe only finds evidence of primitive life (such as an unstable, savage Type 0 civilization) they might simply lie dormant on the moon, silently waiting for the Type 0 civilization to evolve into a stable Type I civilization. After waiting quietly for several millennia, they may be activated when the emerging Type I civilization is advanced enough to set up a lunar colony. Physicist Paul Davies of the University of Adelaide has even raised the possibility of a Von Neumann probe resting on our own moon, left over from a previous visitation in our system aeons ago.

(If this sounds a bit familiar, that's because it was the basis of the film, 2001. Originally, Stanley Kubrick began the film with a series of scientists explaining how probes like these would be the most efficient method of exploring outer space. Unfortunately, at the last minute, Kubrick cut the opening segment from his film, and these monoliths became almost mystical entities)
New Developments

Since Kardashev gave the original ranking of civilizations, there have been many scientific developments which refine and extend his original analysis, such as recent developments in nanotechnology, biotechnology, quantum physics, etc.

For example, nanotechnology may facilitate the development of Von Neumann probes. As physicist Richard Feynman observed in his seminal essay, There's Plenty of Room at the Bottom,??? there is nothing in the laws of physics which prevents building armies of molecular-sized machines. At present, scientists have already built atomic-sized curiosities, such as an atomic abacus with Buckyballs and an atomic guitar with strings about 100 atoms across.

Paul Davies speculates that a space-faring civilization could use nanotechnology to build miniature probes to explore the galaxy, perhaps no bigger than your palm. Davies says, The tiny probes I'm talking about will be so inconspicuous that it's no surprise that we haven't come across one. It's not the sort of thing that you're going to trip over in your back yard. So if that is the way technology develops, namely, smaller, faster, cheaper and if other civilizations have gone this route, then we could be surrounded by surveillance devices.???

Furthermore, the development of biotechnology has opened entirely new possibilities. These probes may act as life-forms, reproducing their genetic information, mutating and evolving at each stage of reproduction to enhance their capabilities, and may have artificial intelligence to accelerate their search.

Also, information theory modifies the original Kardashev analysis. The current SETI project only scans a few frequencies of radio and TV emissions sent by a Type 0 civilization, but perhaps not an advanced civilization. Because of the enormous static found in deep space, broadcasting on a single frequency presents a serious source of error. Instead of putting all your eggs in one basket, a more efficient system is to break up the message and smear it out over all frequencies (e.g. via Fourier like transform) and then reassemble the signal only at the other end. In this way, even if certain frequencies are disrupted by static, enough of the message will survive to accurately reassemble the message via error correction routines. However, any Type 0 civilization listening in on the message on one frequency band would only hear nonsense. In other words, our galaxy could be teeming with messages from various Type II and III civilizations, but our Type 0 radio telescopes would only hear gibberish.

Lastly, there is also the possibility that a Type II or Type III civilization might be able to reach the fabled Planck energy with their machines (10^19 billion electron volts). This is energy is a quadrillion times larger than our most powerful atom smasher. This energy, as fantastic as it may seem, is (by definition) within the range of a Type II or III civilization.

The Planck energy only occurs at the center of black holes and the instant of the Big Bang. But with recent advances in quantum gravity and superstring theory, there is renewed interest among physicists about energies so vast that quantum effects rip apart the fabric of space and time. Although it is by no means certain that quantum physics allows for stable wormholes, this raises the remote possibility that a sufficiently advanced civilizations may be able to move via holes in space, like Alice's Looking Glass. And if these civilizations can successfully navigate through stable wormholes, then attaining a specific impulse of a million seconds is no longer a problem. They merely take a short-cut through the galaxy. This would greatly cut down the transition between a Type II and Type III civilization.

Second, the ability to tear holes in space and time may come in handy one day. Astronomers, analyzing light from distant supernovas, have concluded recently that the universe may be accelerating, rather than slowing down. If this is true, there may be an anti-gravity force (perhaps Einstein's cosmological constant) which is counteracting the gravitational attraction of distant galaxies. But this also means that the universe might expand forever in a Big Chill, until temperatures approach near-absolute zero. Several papers have recently laid out what such a dismal universe may look like. It will be a pitiful sight: any civilization which survives will be desperately huddled next to the dying embers of fading neutron stars and black holes. All intelligent life must die when the universe dies.

Contemplating the death of the sun, the philosopher Bertrand Russel once wrote perhaps the most depressing paragraph in the English language: ...All the labors of the ages, all the devotion, all the inspiration, all the noonday brightness of human genius, are destined to extinction in the vast death of the solar system, and the whole temple of Mans achievement must inevitably be buried beneath the debris of a universe in ruins...???

Today, we realize that sufficiently powerful rockets may spare us from the death of our sun 5 billion years from now, when the oceans will boil and the mountains will melt. But how do we escape the death of the universe itself?

Astronomer John Barrows of the University of Sussex writes, Suppose that we extend the classification upwards. Members of these hypothetical civilizations of Type IV, V, VI, ... and so on, would be able to manipulate the structures in the universe on larger and larger scales, encompassing groups of galaxies, clusters, and superclusters of galaxies.??? Civilizations beyond Type III may have enough energy to escape our dying universe via holes in space.

Lastly, physicist Alan Guth of MIT, one of the originators of the inflationary universe theory, has even computed the energy necessary to create a baby universe in the laboratory (the temperature is 1,000 trillion degrees, which is within the range of these hypothetical civilizations).

Of course, until someone actually makes contact with an advanced civilization, all of this amounts to speculation tempered with the laws of physics, no more than a useful guide in our search for extra-terrestrial intelligence. But one day, many of us will gaze at the encyclopedia containing the coordinates of perhaps hundreds of earth-like planets in our sector of the galaxy. Then we will wonder, as Sagan did, what a civilization a millions years ahead of ours will look like...